You are on page 1of 397

Welding Consumables Technical Handbook

      
  



TECHNICAL HANDBOOK CONTENTS
Section Subject Page
Introduction to Metrode * 2

Data Sheets: Introduction and explanatory notes 5

A. Low alloy steels 7


− CrMo creep resisting consumables
− MnMo low alloy steels
− High toughness Ni bearing low alloy steels
− High strength low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels 88
− Martensitic stainless steels
− Austenitic stainless steels
− 309L and 309Mo and stainless steels
− Superaustenitic, lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys 212
− High carbon 300 series stainless steels
− High temperature 309 and 310 stainless steels
− High carbon austenitic alloys (including 330, 800, HP40)
D. Nickel base alloys 264
− 182 type alloys
− 625 type alloys
− Alloy C types
− Specialist nickel base alloys
− Nickel based non-ferrous alloys
E. Repair and maintenance 312
− Cast iron
− Dissimilar welding
− Copper alloy consumables
− Hardfacing
− Special mild steel
F. Submerged arc welding & electroslag strip cladding fluxes 358
− Fluxes for use with low alloy CrMo, stainless steel and nickel base wires
G. Other useful information 369
− Abbreviations, element symbols, welding positions
− Schaeffler and WRC diagrams
− Conversions
− Packaging and storage
Index 1 Product designations 379
Index 2 Consumable specifications 382
Index 3 Materials to be welded 388

1
* Metrode Products Ltd is the registered Company Name but this is simplified to Metrode throughout this publication.
Introduction to Metrode

Scope
This handbook is designed to provide information on the company, its products and services and guidance on the
correct choice of welding consumables.
This 2012 edition of the Technical Handbook (revision 12) contains over 100 data sheets covering about 350 arc
welding consumables. About half of these are flux covered manual metal arc electrodes. These are complemented
by a wide range of solid wires, tubular flux cored, metal cored wires for the other popular arc welding processes,
and for the first time strips and fluxes for strip cladding. The range has applications for all industrially significant
steels and alloy systems except for titanium, magnesium, aluminium and rarer metals. Particular emphasis is
currently being devoted to developing a strategy with consumables for the power generation industries, offshore oil
and gas industries, high temperature materials in the chemical and petrochemical industries and a diverse range of
nickel based alloys. Data sheets for some fringe products are not included in this handbook, but are available on
request.

The company
Metrode was founded in 1963 as a privately owned company. In the subsequent years it has grown to become the
UK's leading manufacturer and supplier of alloyed welding consumables. It is particularly strong in those industries
which require the highest integrity from their welding consumables, such as power generation, chemical and
petrochemical, offshore oil and gas, LNG and nuclear. In the last decade the export market has been vigorously
developed and Metrode has markets globally. It also has an extensive overseas network of distributors and agents
as well as a distribution network covering the whole of the UK. The most recent step in Metrode’s development
occurred in November 2006 when Metrode joined the Lincoln Electric Company as a business unit within Lincoln
Electric Europe.

The products
Metrode offers one of the largest ranges of alloyed welding consumables available from a single source. The
products range from those suitable for low alloy steels, through numerous diverse stainless steels, to those
matching the performance of nickel-base alloys.
All the major arc welding processes are catered for and the range covers Manual Metal Arc Electrodes
(MMA/SMAW), Solid and Cored Wires for Gas Shielded Welding (MIG/MAG/GMAW and FCAW), Solid Wires for TIG
Welding (TIG/GTAW), wire/flux combinations for Submerged Arc Welding (SAW) and strip/flux combinations for
electroslag strip cladding (ESW).
The products are listed in the index at the back and more detailed information and guidance notes on selection are
given in the individual data sheets.

Availability and special services


Metrode is uniquely geared for rapid delivery from our very large stocks and through a flexible development and
manufacturing system.

Standard product range


All the standard products listed in this document are available either ex stock or on short lead times in the most
commonly used sizes.

Special product range


The special product range covers a wider range of the less common products and non-standard sizes. These items
may be subject to minimum order value/quantity requirements and to longer lead times. Further information on the
Product Range is available from our Customer Care Department.

Special services
Metrode's unique know-how is always available to meet individual requirements and a number of tailor-made
formulations are developed to suit special or proprietary technical requirements.

Rev 07 06/13 2 Introduction (pg 1 of 5)


Development
Metrode maintains a close awareness of future consumable needs to support new alloys and changing technical
requirements through its links with: the International Institute of Welding (IIW), the European Welding Association
(EWA), The Welding Institute (TWI), the American Welding Society (AWS) and a number of universities and
research organisations both in the UK and worldwide. The Company has its own development team with the
necessary resources to design new products and improve existing ones to meet the needs of the fabrication
industry.

Technical support
Technical support is available to help with any aspect of consumable choice, applications or procedural guidance.
Field based staff can advise on procedural aspects and factors needed to achieve optimum performance.
Facilities are available at Metrode for demonstration, training and evaluation for all the major welding processes
which utilise Metrode consumables.

Specifications and certification


Metrode consumables are manufactured to conform with the current issues of BS EN, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME
standards where applicable. When incompatible variations exist between different specifications for equivalent
types, these are indicated on the data sheet. Where a product does not strictly conform to a standard the
specification is shown in brackets for guidance only.
Every batch is certified at least with chemical analysis to BS EN 10204: 3.1, with a few exceptions amongst some
hardfacing/maintenance types certified to BS EN 10204: 2.2.
Special requirements for batch testing or analysis variants are frequently satisfied with prior agreement.

Health and safety


Welding produces fumes and gases which can be dangerous to your health. Arc rays can injure eyes and burn skin.
Electric shock can kill.
It is important to take suitable precautions when welding, and to follow safe working practices. These should be
based upon information available from the Welding Manufacturers' Association leaflet and Metrode's Health and
Safety booklet which may be obtained from Metrode or our distributors. Some details may vary with specific
legislation outside the UK.
Welding fume data for hazard assessment (COSHH in the UK) is included on each data sheet.

Quality assurance
Metrode's historic reputation for quality is sustained by the active and continuous implementation of a stringent
quality assurance programme recognised by international authorities.
Approval and surveillance of Metrode's Quality Management Systems for design, development and manufacturing is
certified by:
Lloyds Register QA to BS EN ISO 9001:2008 certificate 840131.
TÜV NORD to AD2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100, VdTÜV-Merkblatt 1153 & KTA 1408, certificate 07-202-1410-wp-
0874/7/001.

Rev 07 06/13 3 Introduction (pg 2 of 5)


Quality policy
It is Metrode’s mission to achieve and maintain dominance in its chosen market of supplying Welding consumables
to users worldwide through key customer and supplier partnerships, superior service, technology and product
leadership.
This shall be achieved through the highest standards of product quality and customer service by:
• Ensuring that each customer’s needs are clearly defined and understood.
• Ensuring that all employees are appropriately trained in all aspects of their job with the understanding that
quality is everyone’s responsibility.
• Supplying products that satisfy each customer’s quality and reliability requirements, whilst underpinning the
profitability of the company.
• Monitoring customer satisfaction and ensuring that the customer’s wishes remain the prime focus at all
time.
• Striving to continuously improve every aspect of our business by identifying processes and setting and
reviewing quality objectives.
To support this policy, Metrode operates a quality management system that will comply with ISO 9001 and
applicable regulatory requirements. The system shall serve to communicate expectations, establish controls and
promote a culture committed to excellence in everything we do.
Our Quality Manager is charged with the responsibility for the implementation and maintenance of the quality
system and acts with our full authority and commitment on all matters related to quality.

(Under Renewal)

Rev 07 06/13 4 Introduction (pg 3 of 5)


Data Sheets: Introduction and Explanatory Notes

The individual data sheets collect all of the processes (MMA, TIG, MIG, SAW and FCAW) onto a single data sheet,
allowing all products for any alloy type – eg 316L – to be seen at a glance. The front page of each data sheet
provides the generic information on that particular alloy – alloy type, materials to be welded, applications,
microstructure, welding guidelines, PWHT, additional information and products available. The data specific to the
individual products – product description, specifications, analysis, mechanical properties etc – are then given on
subsequent pages.
There are seven main sections comprising:
A. Low alloy steels
B. Stainless steels
C. High temperature alloys
D. Nickel base alloys
E. Repair and maintenance – including cast iron, hardfacing, dissimilar, copper and its alloys, and some
specialist mild steel consumables
F. Fluxes for submerged arc welding
G. Other useful information.
There are three comprehensive indices at the back of the Handbook – by product designation, by consumable
specification and by base material – to aid navigation around the Handbook.

GENERAL EXPLANATORY NOTES


Each data sheet is headed with a unique number for easy reference. The same number also appears at the
bottom right hand corner of each page of the data sheet.
Data sheet revision status is given at the foot of the page.
The Metrode designation in bold type should be used when ordering. It is printed on each electrode, stamped on
many TIG wires and identifies all package labels.
Each data sheet is sub-divided under self-explanatory headings, some of which are briefly outlined below.

Materials to be welded
Examples are given of typical base materials for which the consumable may be used. It should not be assumed that
this is a guarantee of suitability, and should be used with caution.
Reference is made to proprietary alloy names for many base materials and we acknowledge the use of registered
trade names from Haynes International Inc, Special Metals, VDM and RA Materials Ltd.

Applications
Information is given for general guidance and in good faith, but the user should ascertain that the product is
suitable for the specific and intended purpose.

Welding guidelines
Brief guidelines on preheat, PWHT and any particular procedural requirements are given for each alloy. The user is
responsible for establishing a satisfactory welding procedure.

Additional information
Useful background information, procedural notes, precautions and published references are given where
appropriate. Technical profiles are also available for a number of products.

Rev 07 06/13 5 Introduction (pg 4 of 5)


Specifications, approvals
See specification notes above. For some products which do not strictly conform to a particular specification, the
nearest specification is shown in brackets for guidance. If a required approval is not shown, contact Metrode.

Composition
Composition limits are declared for almost every product in addition to typical values.
Where it is possible to meet BS EN, BS EN ISO and AWS-ASME compositions with one product, this is often reflected
in tighter data sheet limits than the individual specifications. Whilst in rare cases a batch may not satisfy all these
constraints, BS EN ISO or AWS-ASME are normally the default specifications unless agreed otherwise. See also
specification notes on previous introductory page.
Note that flux covered MMA electrodes and tubular cored wires are defined by all-weld deposit analysis and solid
wires and strips by product analysis.

All-weld mechanical properties


Minimum and typical tensile and impact properties are given where applicable to satisfy national specifications or
material requirements. Caution is generally advised in translating these all-weld (longitudinal) values to joint
(transverse) test values.

Operating parameters
Current ranges are based on satisfactory fusion and arc stability. Optimum conditions are influenced by variables
such as welding position, base material thickness, and heat input considerations, etc. Most electrodes operate
smoothly on DC+ (positive electrode) and for those suitable for AC a minimum OCV (open circuit voltage) is given.
Welding positions for electrodes are shown pictographically. Where vertical and overhead are indicated this usually
applies to 3.2mm and smaller sizes, with 4mm practicable with skilled operators and joints with sufficient room for
manipulation. Where vertical down is indicated, this applies to 2.5mm or 3.2 with skilled operators.

Packaging data
For electrodes, the length, weight per carton (3 tins) and approximate number of pieces per carton are given, but
may be subject to change without notice. For TIG, MIG, SAW and FCW, tube and spool weights are also provided.
Contact Metrode for latest information if required.
Note that Metrode electrodes are supplied in hermetically sealed tins with ring-pull opening. The integrity of this
packaging is regularly assessed according to the ASME SFA5.5 procedure. Tins provide a convenient and economic
alternative to smaller units of vacuum-packed electrodes in 'site packs' which can be supplied to order.
Redrying (rebaking or conditioning), handling and storage recommendations are given. Redrying should ensure
that the unpacked electrodes reach the recommended temperature-time conditions.
The majority of electrodes and TIG wires are marked individually with both the designation or classification number
and batch number.

Fume data
To assist health and safety hazard assessment, welding fume composition is given for each product. Fume itself
comprises oxides, silicates or other complex compounds of the elements listed.
An occupational exposure limit or standard (OES) is calculated in milligrams per cubic metre breathing zone
concentration. This control value is 5mg/m3 maximum, or much lower for many alloyed consumables. For example,
a significant proportion of the chromium in fume generated by stainless covered electrodes and flux cored wire is
present in hexavalent form with a limit of 0.05mg/m3, which reduces total fume OES to around 1mg/m3. In fume
generated by solid stainless MIG wires, practically all chromium is trivalent and the total fume OES is higher.
TIG and submerged arc processes generate too little fume for assessment on this basis.
In the UK, COSHH guidance relevant to welding is found in HMSO publications, EH40, EH54 and EH55.

Website
Inevitably a printed Technical Handbook is out of date soon after it has been printed. The Metrode website
(www.metrode.com) overcomes this problem because the data sheets for the most common products are all on the
website and are updated as soon as the data sheet is revised.

Rev 07 06/13 6 Introduction (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
SECTION A
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com LOW ALLOY STEELS
Website: www.metrode.com

Low alloy steels including the CrMo creep resisting consumables


This section includes electrodes suitable for welding general engineering and structural steels, from medium
tensile grain-refined CMn and semi-cryogenic steels (approximately –75°C) to specialised heat and creep-
resistant CrMo types reaching the threshold of stainlessness at 12%Cr.
Flux coverings of all electrodes are of all-positional basic low-hydrogen type and employ binders giving high
resistance to moisture absorption. All flux cored wires are rutile all-positional types also with low hydrogen
potential. With increasing weld and base metal strength and hardenability (or carbon equivalent), a hydrogen
potential below 5ml/100g weld metal is often an essential procedural parameter, coupled with preheat where
necessary to moderate HAZ hardening or raise safety margins in thicker sections:
Carbon equivalent (CE) = C + Mn + Cr+Mo+V + Cu+Ni
6 5 15
For guidance, preheat up to 50°C for CE < 0.40, 100°C for < 0.55, 150°C for < 0.70, 200°C for < 0.80, 250°C for
0.90 or above. However, note that some cases require restricted preheat-interpass and also heat input control
to maintain optimum strength and toughness. High joint restraint may require higher preheats.
A full discussion of this subject is given in the following publication: N. Bailey, F.R. Coe et al: ‘Welding steels
without hydrogen cracking’, Abington Publishing, Cambridge, 1993.
The necessity for Post Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) varies with base and weld metal type. PWHT is normally
essential to temper the HAZ below 248HV/22HRC required by NACE for H2S service, for which electrodes giving
mandatory < 1%Ni with strength and toughness are available. Most nickel-bearing electrodes also give excellent
as-welded properties at low temperatures. PWHT is essential for creep-resisting Cr-Mo types, although the
leaner low carbon variants are sometimes stress-relieved in service when used for repairs under local preheat.

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry
MMA Mo.B E7018-A1 E Mo B
A-10 ½Mo
TIG/MIG CMo ER70S-A1 MoSi
Chromet 1 E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
MMA Chromet 1L E7015-B2L E CrMo1L B
Chromet 1X E8018-B2 E CrMo1 B
A-12 1¼Cr½Mo 1CrMo -- CrMo1Si
TIG/MIG
ER80S-B2 ER80S-B2 --
SAW SA 1CrMo EB2 CrMo1
FCW Cormet 1 E81T1-B2 T55T1-1C/M-1CM
Chromet 2 E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
MMA Chromet 2L E8015-B3L E CrMo2L B
Chromet 2X E9018-B3 E CrMo2 B
2CrMo -- CrMo2Si
A-13 2¼Cr1Mo TIG/MIG
ER90S-B3 ER90S-B3 --
SAW SA 2CrMo EB3 CrMo2
Cormet 2 E91T1-B3 T62T1-1C/M-2CM
FCW
Cormet 2L E91T1-B3L T62T1-1C/M-2CML
Chromet 1V -- ECrMoV1 B
MMA
A-14 CrMoV 13CMV -- (ECrMoV1 B)
FCW Cormet 1V -- --

7
Rev 06 06/13 DS: A-01 (pg 1 of 2)
Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO

Cr-Mo creep resisting consumables mainly for the power generation industry – (continued)
MMA Chromet 5 E8015-B6 E CrMo5 B
A-15 5CrMo TIG/MIG 5CrMo ER80S-B6 CrMo5Si
FCW Cormet 5 E81T1-B6 T55T1-1C/M-5CM
MMA Chromet 9 E8015-B8 E CrMo9 B
A-16 9CrMo TIG/MIG 9CrMo ER80S-B8 CrMo9Si
FCW Cormet 9 E81T1-B8 T55T1-1C/M-9C1M
Chromet 9MV-N E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 9MVN+ E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
MMA
Chromet 9-B9 E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
Chromet 91VNB E9015-B9 E CrMo91 B
A-17 P91
TIG 9CrMoV-N ER90S-B9 W CrMo91
MCW Cormet M91 E90C-B9 T69T15-0M-9C1MV
SAW 9CrMoV-N EB9 (S CrMo91)
FCW Supercore F91 E91T1-B9 T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV
MMA Chromet 10MW -- --
A-18 E911
FCW Cormet 10MW -- --
MMA Chromet 12MV -- E CrMoWV 12 1 B
A-19 12CrMoV
TIG 12CrMoV -- W CrMoWV12 1
MMA Chromet 92 -- --
A-20 P92 TIG/SAW 9CrWV -- --
FCW Supercore F92 -- --
MMA Chromet 23L -- --
A-21 T23
TIG 2CrWV -- --
A-22 T24 TIG/SAW 24CrMoV -- --
MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --
A-23 WB36 TIG MnMo ER80S-D2 --
SAW SA1NiMo EF3 S3Ni1Mo
MMA Chromet WB2 -- --
A-25 W B2 / 921
FCAW Supercore WB2 -- --

High toughness 1-3%Ni consumables for applications from –40°C down to about –75°C
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B E8018-C3 E 46 6 1Ni B 42
A-40 1Ni TIG/MIG 1Ni ER80S-Ni1 (3Ni1)
FCW Metcore DWA 55E E71T-5 T 42 4 PM1 H5
MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B E8018-C1 E 46 6 2Ni B 42
A-41 2Ni
TIG/MIG 2Ni ER80S-Ni2 (2Ni2)
A-42 3Ni MMA Tufmet 3Ni.B E8018-C2 E 46 6 3Ni B 42

Consumables for high strength low alloy steels requiring tensile strengths from 620MPa up to 825MPa
E9018-D1 E9018-D1 BS: MnMo.BH
MMA
A-50 MnMo E10018-D2 E10018-D2 E 624 Mn1NiMo B
TIG/MIG MnMo ER80S-D2 4Mo
Tufmet 1NiMo E9016-G --
MMA E11018-M E11018-M --
A-60 NiMo
Tufmet 3NiMo E12016-G --
TIG/MIG ER110S-G ER110S-G Mn3Ni1CrMo
A-61 NiMo MMA 1NiMo.B E9018-G --

Consumables for copper containing weathering steels eg. Corten


MMA 1NiCu.B E8018-W2 E 55 18-NCC1 A
A-70 Corten
TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W ER80S-G (Mn3Ni1Cu)

Electrode for the joining of rail steels using a slag-over-slag technique


A-80 Rail MMA Railrod -- --

8
Rev 06 06/13 DS: A-01 (pg 2 of 2)
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
0.5%Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Favourable mechanical properties of both as-welded


and stress-relieved weld metal are also useful in
Ferritic creep resisting 0.5%Mo steels for elevated
welding structural and general engineering steels for
temperature service.
ambient or sub-zero temperature service. In this
Materials to be welded respect these consumables are related to the higher
strength manganese-molybdenum alloyed steel
pipe/tube:
consumables.
ASTM A335 grade P1
A209 & A 250 grade T1
Microstructure
BS 3059 grade 243
3606 grades 243, 245, 261 In the stress-relieved condition the microstructure
consists of acicular ferrite with some tempered
forged:
bainite.
ASTM A336 grade F1
A204 grades A, B, C
BS EN
Welding guidelines
10028-2 grade 16Mo3 (1.5415)
DIN 15Mo3 (1.5415) Preheat and interpass temperatures are normally in
16Mo5 (1.5423) the range 100-250°C depending upon thickness being
10MnMo 4 5 (1.5424) welded and restraint.
11MnMo 4 5 (1.5425)
cast: Related alloy groups
ASTM A217 grade WC1 For high strength structural welding applications the
A352 grade LC1 MnMo alloys (A-50) are related.
BS 1504 grade 245
3100 grade B1
DIN GS-22Mo 4 (1.5419) PWHT
PWHT to temper the weldment varies according to
Applications the code; the extremes range from 550°C up to 720°C
but the most common range is 630-670°C. For
Nominal 0.5% Mo alloying results in improved material up to 20mm thick some codes allow the
elevated temperature performance over that of CMn PWHT to be omitted.
steels. Used for the fabrication of vessels and
associated pipework demanding creep rupture
strength and ductility at temperatures up to about Products available
450ºC. Process Product Specification
MMA Mo.B AWS E7018-A1
The Mo content also enhances resistance to hydrogen
attack in chemical process plant operation. TIG/MIG CMo AWS ER70S-A1

Rev 04 06/13 9 DS: A-10 (pg 1 of 3)


Mo.B Molybdenum alloyed MMA electrode for elevated temperature service
Product description Basic flux, metal powder type coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7018-A1 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E Mo B 3 2
BS and AWS Mn ranges overlap, but required specification should be stated on order.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 2

Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.10 1.20 0.60 0.025 0.030 0.20 -- 0.65 --
typ 0.05 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.015 0.05 0.05 0.55 0.05
* BS2493 Mn:Si ≥2:1, AWS A5.5 Mn 0.90% max.

All-weld mechanical PWHT 600-650ºC/h * min typical As-welded typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 510 550-610 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 460-525 480
Elongation on 4d % 22 27-32 27
Elongation on 5d % 22 23-29 23
Reduction of area % -- 65-72 68
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 130 100
- 30ºC J -- 115 --
Hardness HV -- 200 200
* BS and DIN: 600ºC/1h; AWS: 620ºC/1h.
Satisfactory properties are also obtained in the as-welded condition.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 552 390 246 153

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 17 5

Rev 04 06/13 10 DS: A-10 (pg 2 of 3)


CMo 0.5%Mo solid TIG and MIG wire for creep resisting steels
Product description Copper coated solid wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER70S-A1 (Previous classification was ER70S-G)


BS EN ISO 21952-A Mo Si

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 2

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.90 0.50 -- -- -- -- 0.45 -- --
max 0.12 1.30 0.70 0.020 0.020 0.2 0.20 0.60 0.3 0.03
typ 0.1 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.5 0.05 0.01

All-weld mechanical Properties as-welded (AW) or PWHT: min. * typical: TIG MAG: Ar + 5% CO2
properties AW 620ºC/1h AW 620ºC/1h
Tensile strength MPa 515 662 640 650 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 540 520 530 505
Elongation on 4d % 19 29 25 29 25
Elongation on 5d % 22 26 24 25 24
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 52 170 42 96
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/245 205/230 215/235 200/220
* Minimum values are after PWHT 620ºC/1h (AWS) or 595ºC/0.5h (DIN) and as-welded for BS EN.
MAG welds using more oxidising shielding gas (higher CO2 + O2) will have lower strength than shown.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Argon + 2-20%CO2
Shielding Argon
Argon + 1.5% O2 or proprietary
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


55 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 04 06/13 11 DS: A-10 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-12 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
1¼Cr-½Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
temperature service. bainite.
Materials to be welded Welding guidelines

ASTM BS EN & DIN


Preheat and interpass temperature 200°C minimum,
up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A387 Gr 11 & 12 13CrMo 4-5 (1.7355) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A182 F11 & F12 13CrMo 4-4 (1.7335) welding.
A217 WC6 & WC11 16CrMo 4-4 (1.7337)
A234 WP11 & WP12 11CrMo 5-5 (1.7339) PWHT
A199 T11 GS-25CrMo 4 (1.7128) Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A200 T11 GS-17CrMo 5-5 (1.7357) always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
A213 T11 & T12 690°C with time being dependent on section
A335 P11 & P12 BS thickness.
1501 Gr 620 & 621
1502 Gr 620 Additional information
1503 Gr 620 & 621
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
1504 Gr 621
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
3100 Gr B2
Additional information is available on Chromet 1X
3604 Gr 620/440 & 621
and Cormet 1.
3059 Gr 620/460
Applications Products available
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
elevated temperature service up to 550°C. Main
MMA Chromet 1 AWS E8018-B2
areas of application are associated with steam
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 1L AWS E7015-B2L
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler Chromet 1X * AWS E8018-B2
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG 1CrMo BS EN CrMo1Si
find service in refineries where they are used for
ER80S-B2 AWS ER80S-B2
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at
250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find SAW SA 1CrMo AWS EB2
applications in the chemical and petro-chemical LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
industries where they are used for resistance to FCW Cormet 1 AWS E81T1-B2
hydrogen attack in the fabrication of
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 * Chromet 1X is the temper embrittlement resistant
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- (TER) version of Chromet 1.
welded condition the consumables also provide a
useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for
build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal
wear and heavy impact.

 

Rev 15 10/12 12 DS: A-12 (pg 1 of 7)


General Data for all 1¼Cr-½Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very
low metal hydrogen levels.

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

CHROMET 1 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5518-1CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- --
max 0.12 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 1.40 0.65 0.3 0.2 0.01
typ 0.07 0.8 0.5 0.01 0.02 1.25 0.55 0.1 <0.1 0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

All-weld mechanical
properties PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 570
Elongation on 4d % 19 25
Elongation on 5d % 20 24
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 160
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250
(PWHT) HV -- 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
pieces/carton 642 372 243 159

Rev 15 10/12 13 DS: A-12 (pg 2 of 7)


CHROMET 1L Low carbon 1¼Cr-½Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses
for resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. Also suitable
for thin section joints which are to be left in the as-welded condition.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E7015-B2L H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5216-1CML

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 1.00 0.45 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.025 1.40 0.65 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 1.25 0.55 <0.10
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 390 500
Elongation on 4d % 19 26
Elongation on 5d % 20 23
Reduction of area % -- 68
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 180
-10°C J -- 120
Hardness (AW) HV -- 220
(PWHT) HV -- 200

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 17.7 18.0
pieces/carton 612 414 252 168

CHROMET 1X 1¼Cr-½Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance


Product description MMA electrode – 1¼Cr-½Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance with prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to
ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-B2 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo1 B
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-1CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb


(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.45 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 1.40 0.65 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.009 1.25 0.55 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x(P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max

Rev 15 10/12 14 DS: A-12 (pg 3 of 7)


CHROMET 1X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa550 610 610 595
0.2% Proof stress MPa460 525 515 490
Elongation on 4d % 19 25 29 29
Elongation on 5d % 20 21 25 25
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 160 200 200
- 30°C J -- 100 160 140
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 200-210 220 190
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 16.8 17.4
pieces/carton 627 372 243 159

1CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.


Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-G
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo1Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.80 0.50 -- -- 0.90 -- 0.45 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 1.30 -- 0.65 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 1.2 <0.1 0.5 0.1
All-weld mechanical typical
properties PWHT 690°C/4h (AWS=1h) min TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 550 635 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 520 480
Elongation on 4d % 19 28 26
Elongation on 5d % 20 23 22
Impact energy -10°C J -- > 200 > 115
Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)
Typical operating TIG MIG
parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 280A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG
0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5

Rev 15 10/12 15 DS: A-12 (pg 4 of 7)


ER80S-B2 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 1¼Cr-½Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the
AWS/ASME specification.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B2


BS EN ISO 21952-B 1CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 1.20 -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 1.50 0.20 0.65 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 1.3 <0.1 0.5 0.1

All-weld mechanical typical


properties PWHT 690°C/4h min TIG MIG
(AWS=620°C /1h)
Tensile strength MPa 550 635 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 520 480
Elongation on 4d % 19 27 26
Elongation on 5d % 17 25 20
Hardness HV(HB) -- 220(215) 195(190)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 200 > 115
Typical operating TIG MIG
parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 280A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG
0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 0.4 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 15 10/12 16 DS: A-12 (pg 5 of 7)


SA1CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 1¼Cr-½Mo steels.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB2
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(typical) SA1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55 0.01
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5 0.01
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 550 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 535
Elongation on 4d % 20 25
Elongation on 5d % 20 23
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >100
Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

Packaging data ø mm SAW


2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil
Fume data SAW fume negligible

LA436 Sub-arc flux


Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and
manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

Specifications AWS A5.23 F8 P0-EB2 B2


BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
(typical) SA 1CrMo wire 0.10 0.8 0.15 0.010 0.012 1.3 0.55
Deposit with LA436 0.08 1.1 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 1.1 0.5
All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT
properties with 690-720°C/1-2h
SA 1CrMo wire Tensile strength MPa 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 535
Elongation on 4d % 25
Impact energy +20°C J >100

Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred


parameters 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel speed

Packaging data Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.

Rev 15 10/12 17 DS: A-12 (pg 6 of 7)


CORMET 1 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description Cormet 1 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B2C/M-H4


AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B2-H4 or E81T1-M21PZ-B2-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-1CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 3

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1.00 0.40 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 1.50 0.65 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 0.55 0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 550
Elongation on 4d % 19 24
Elongation on 5d % 17 22
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 30
Hardness HV -- 220

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-
2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26-32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5

Rev 15 10/12 18 DS: A-12 (pg 7 of 7)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-13 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
2¼Cr-1Mo CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed steel consumables for elevated After PWHT, the microstructure consists of tempered
temperature service. bainite.
Materials to be welded Welding guidelines

ASTM BS EN & DIN


Preheat and interpass temperature 250°C minimum,
up to 300°C for thick sections. Maintain throughout
A387 Gr 21 & 22 11CrMo9-10 (1.7383) welding cycle and some time after completion of
A182 F22 10CrMo 9-10 (1.7380) welding.
A217 WC9 GS-18CrMo 9 10 (1.7379)
A234 WP22 GS-12CrMo 9 10 (1.7380) PWHT
A199 T21, T22 6CrMo 9 10 (1.7385) Apart from some special applications, PWHT will
A200 T21, T22 12CrMo 9 10 (1.7375) always be required. PWHT temperature is typically
A213 T22 690°C with time being dependent on section
A335 P22 thickness.
A234 WP22 BS
1501 Gr 622 Additional information
Also Cr-Mo-V steels 1503 Gr 622
There are Technical Profiles available which cover
BS 1503 Gr 660 1504 Gr 622
some of the consumables on this data sheet.
BS 1504 Gr 660 3100 Gr B3
Additional information is available on Chromet 2X
BS 3100 Gr B7 3604 Gr 622
and Cormet 2.
BS 3604 Gr 660 3059 Gr 622/640 & 622/490
Applications Products available
These consumables are designed for prolonged Process Product Specification
elevated temperature service up to 600°C. Main
MMA Chromet 2 AWS E9018-B3
areas of application are associated with steam
generating power plant, eg piping, turbine Chromet 2L AWS E8015-B3L
castings, steam chests, valve bodies and boiler Chromet 2X * AWS E9018-B3
superheaters. Some of the consumables will also TIG/MIG 2CrMo BS EN CrMo2Si
find service in refineries where they are used for
ER90S-B3 AWS ER90S-B3
corrosion resistance to sulphur bearing crude oil at
250-450°C. Some of the consumables will also find SAW SA 2CrMo AWS EB3
applications in the chemical and petro-chemical LA436 BS EN ISO SA AB 1
industries where they are used for resistance to FCW Cormet 2 AWS E91T1-B3
hydrogen attack in the fabrication of
hydrocrackers, coal liquefaction plant and NH3 Cormet 2L AWS E91T1-B3L
pressure vessels operating at up to 450°C. In the as- * Chromet 2X is the temper embrittlement resistant
welded condition the consumables also provide a (TER) version of Chromet 2.
useful source of 300HV hardness weld deposit for
build-up or hardsurfacing to resist metal-to-metal
wear, heavy impact and the repair of P20 mould
steel.

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 1 of 7)


19
General Data for all 2¼Cr-1Mo Electrodes
Description Basic flux, metal powder type coatings on low carbon high purity core wire. Recovery is approximately 115%
with respect to the core wire and 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture resistant coating gives very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 1 < 0.1 < 0.2 18 5

CHROMET 2 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode meeting AWS and BS EN national standards suitable for most power generation applications.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-B3 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Ni Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.80 0.025 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.3 0.2 0.01
typ 0.07 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 2.3 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.01
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 630 670
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 570
Elongation on 4d % 17 22
Elongation on 5d % 18 20
Reduction of area % -- 65
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 140
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 12.9 16.8 18.0
pieces/carton 642 372 243 159

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 2 of 7)


20
CHROMET 2L Low carbon 2¼Cr-1Mo MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit with low carbon which produces lower hardness and residual stresses for
resistance to sulphide stress corrosion cracking when operating in wet 'sour' environments. The lower
hardness of Chromet 2L can also be beneficial for welds that cannot be subsequently PWHT.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8015-B3L H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2L B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 5516-2C1ML

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.03 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.05 0.90 0.80 0.015 0.020 2.50 1.20 0.15
typ 0.04 0.8 0.40 0.012 0.015 2.25 1.05 <0.10
* Mn may exceed AWS 0.90% max.

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 540
Elongation on 4d % 17 24
Elongation on 5d % 18 20
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 160
-10°C J -- 90
Hardness (AW) HV -- 250-260
(PWHT) HV -- 210-220

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 17.4
pieces/carton 621 396 228

CHROMET 2X 2¼Cr-1Mo alloyed MMA electrode for temper embrittlement resistance


Product description MMA electrode – 2¼Cr-1Mo deposit which meets specific requirements for improved temper embrittlement
resistance after prolonged service at 400-600°C. Relevant trace elements (P, Sn, As, Sb) are controlled to
ensure low Bruscato (X) and Watanabe (J) factors.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-B3 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo2 B 3 2
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-2C1M

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C Mn* Si* S P Cr Mo Cu Sn As Sb


(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 0.15 -- -- 2.00 0.90 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 0.90 0.30 0.015 0.012 2.50 1.20 0.15 0.005 0.010 0.005
typ 0.06 0.7 0.25 0.012 0.010 2.25 1.05 <0.05 0.002 0.003 <0.002
* Mn+Si < 1.10%
Bruscato factor (X) : 10P + 5Sb + 4Sn + As (ppm) = 15 max
100
Watanabe factor (J) : (Mn+Si)x (P + Sn) x 104 = 180 max

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 3 of 7)


21
CHROMET 2X (continued)
All-weld mechanical 690°C/5h 690°C/5h + SC
properties PWHT 690°C/1h (1) (SC = step cooled) min typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 630 670 660 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 570 560 550
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 27 25
Elongation on 5d % 18 19 24 20
Reduction of area % -- 65 70 65
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 (2) 140 170 170
- 30°C J -- 80 140 110
Hardness (AW) HV -- 300-320 -- --
(PWHT) HV -- 220-250 195 205
(1)
BS & AWS PWHT 690°C/1h, DIN 690°C/>30min, BS EN 720°C/1h.
(2)
DIN & BS EN minimum average.

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.3 13.8 17.1 17.1
pieces/carton 585 375 270 156

2CrMo Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.


Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.28 ER90S-G
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo2Si (W = TIG, G = MIG)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 4


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.50 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.20 0.80 0.020 0.020 2.70 -- 1.10 0.4
typ 0.1 1 0.6 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.15
All-weld mechanical typical
properties PWHT 690°C/1h min TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 620 660 655
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 550 540
Elongation on 4d % 17 26 23
Elongation on 5d % 15 21 20
Impact energy -10°C J -- > 150 > 95
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225(220) 220(215)
Typical operating TIG MIG
parameters Shielding Argon Ar-5%CO2
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 280A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG
0.8 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 4 of 7)


22
ER90S-B3 Solid welding wire for TIG & MIG.
Product description Copper coated wire for TIG and MIG welding 2¼Cr-1Mo creep resisting steels, conforming to the
AWS/ASME specification.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER90S-B3


BS EN ISO 21952-B 2C1M

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 0.40 0.40 -- -- 2.30 -- 0.90 --
max 0.12 0.70 0.70 0.020 0.020 2.70 0.20 1.20 0.35
typ 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.010 0.015 2.4 <0.1 1 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
properties TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 620 665 655
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 550 540
Elongation on 4d % 17 27 23
Elongation on 5d % 15 25 20
Hardness HV(HB) -- 225 (220) 220(215)
Impact energy - 10°C J -- > 150 > 95
Typical operating TIG MIG
parameters Shielding Argon Ar - 5% CO2
Current DC - DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 280A, 26V
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG
0.8 -- 15kg reel
0.9 -- 15kg reel
1.0 -- 15kg reel
1.2 -- 15kg reel
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 5 of 7)


23
SA2CrMo Solid welding wire for SAW.
Product description Solid wire for Sub Arc Welding of 2¼Cr-1Mo steels, conforming to European specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.23 EB3
BS EN ISO 24598-A SCrMo2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 4


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(typical) SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.12 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0 0.15
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0 0.15
All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1h min typical
Properties (LA436 flux) Tensile strength MPa 620 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 560
Elongation on 4d % 17 24
Elongation on 5d % 18 23
Impact energy +20°C J 47 >100
Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred
parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min travel

Packaging data ø mm SAW


2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.5 1.2 5

LA436 Sub-arc flux


Product description LA436 is agglomerated aluminate basic flux (Boniszewski BI ~1.6) with silicon pick-up of ~0.3% and
manganese pick-up of ~0.4%.

Specifications AWS A5.23 F9 P0-EB3 B3


BS EN ISO 14174 SA AB 1 67 AC H5

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo
(typical) SA2CrMo wire 0.10 0.6 0.15 0.010 0.012 2.4 1.0
Deposit with LA436 0.08 0.8 0.4 <0.01 <0.02 2.1 1.0

All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT


properties 690-720°C/1-2h
Tensile strength MPa 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 560
Elongation on 4d % 24
Impact energy +20°C J >100

Typical operating Current: DC or AC; DC+ve is preferred


parameters For 2.4mm: 300-500A, 28-36V, 350-700mm/min
travel
Packaging data Metrode LA436 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 6 of 7)


24
CORMET 2 / 2L All-positional flux cored wires
Product description Cormet 2 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.
Cormet 2L, which is the low carbon version, is available to order; this wire finds applications for as-welded
repairs in power generation plant and the lower hardness may provide some benefits in some petrochemical
applications.

Specifications Cormet 2 Cormet 2L


AWS A5.29 E91T1-B3C/M-H4 E91T1-B3LC/M-H4
AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-B3-H4 or E91T1-C1PZ-B3L-H4 or
E91T1-M21PZ-B3-H4* E91T1-M21PZ-B3L-H4*
BS EN ISO 17634-B T62T1-1C/M-2C1M T62T1-1C/M-2C1ML
* dependent on shielding gas

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.00 0.90 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.50 1.20 0.30
typ 0.06 1.0 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.3 1.0 0.05
* Cormet 2L C  0.05%, typical 0.04%

All-weld mechanical PWHT 690°C/1-2h min Cormet 2 Cormet 2L


properties typical typical (as-welded)
Tensile strength MPa 620 725 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 625 --
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 --
Elongation on 5d % 15 20 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 40
Hardness HV -- 235 280

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-
2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.0 120 – 220A, 22 - 30V 150A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.2 160 – 260A, 24 - 30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm
1.6 220 – 350A, 26 – 32V 260A, 28V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data 15kg spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


20 8 < 0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5

Rev 13 10/12 DS: A-13 (pg 7 of 7)


25
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-14 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Typical applications for the cast materials include


valve casings and steam turbines, general use for
1¼Cr-1Mo-¼V creep resisting alloy for elevated
boilers, pressure vessels in the power generation
temperature service.
and petrochemical industries.
Materials to be welded
Microstructure
ASTM A389 grade C24 (cast).
After PWHT the microstructure consists of tempered
A356 grade 9 (cast).
DIN
bainite.
21CrMoV 5 11 (1.8070).
15CrMoV 5 10 (1.7745).
Products available
GS-17CrMoV 5 11 (1.7706) (cast).
EN G17CrMoV5-10 (1.7706) Process Product Specification
GE B50A224 MMA Chromet 1V BS EN ECrMoV1B

Applications 13CMV --
FCW Cormet 1V --
CrMoV base materials provide good creep rupture
properties up to about 580°C, with a reasonable
degree of corrosion resistance in superheated steam.

General Data For MMA Electrodes


Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 <0.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

Rev 07 10/12 26 DS: A-14 (pg 1 of 3)


CHROMET 1V Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-G H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoV1 B 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.70 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.10
max 0.15 1.50 0.50 0.025 0.025 1.30 1.30 0.35
typ 0.08 0.85 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.20

All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT 700°C/1h Room Temperature High Temperature


properties min typical +350°C +400°C +450°C
Tensile strength MPa 590 800 750 730 695
0.2% Proof stress MPa 435 745 675 650 620
Elongation on 4d % -- 20 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 15 16 -- -- --
Impact energy + 20°C J 24 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 275 -- -- --

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 15.0 16.8 17.4
pieces/carton 690 372 243 159

13CMV Basic coated MMA electrode for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder type, coating on low carbon high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The 13CMV electrode is manufactured to order and is of a similar composition to the Chromet 1V although
the carbon (at ~0.13%) and vanadium (at ~0.25%) are typically higher. The 13CMV can also be
manufactured by prior agreement to the GE specification B50A273.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications BS EN ISO 3580-A (ECrMoV1 B 32)


GE B50A273 By prior agreement only.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V* Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.3 -- -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 --
max 0.15 1.0 0.50 0.020 0.030 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.4
typ 0.13 0.6 0.3 0.012 0.012 1.2 1.10 0.25 0.05
* In the GE specification V = 0.40-0.55%.

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.5
pieces/carton 687 396 258 153

Rev 07 10/12 27 DS: A-14 (pg 2 of 3)


CORMET 1V All-positional rutile flux cored wire for CrMoV creep resisting steels
Product description Cormet 1V (available to order) is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made
using high purity steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)


ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo V Ni Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.50 0.15 -- -- 1.00 0.90 0.20 -- --
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.020 0.020 1.50 1.30 0.30 0.3 0.3
typ 0.13 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 1.3 1.1 0.25 0.1 0.1
All-weld mechanical PWHT 720°C/3h typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550
Impact energy + 20°C J 50
Hardness HV 230
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (when using 100%CO2 increase voltage by about 2V):
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160-260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15-25mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
20 8 <0.5 1 <1 <1 8 5

Rev 07 10/12 28 DS: A-14 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-15 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
5CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Website: www.metrode.com

Microstructure
Alloy type
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
5%Cr-½%Mo steel for elevated temperature service
tempered bainite.
up to 600°C.
Welding guidelines
Materials to be welded
Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 400HV)
plates: and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
ASTM A387 grade 5 5CrMo bainitic microstructure, a preheat and
pipe/tube: minimum interpass temperature of 200°C should be
applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced
ASTM A335 grades P5, P5b cold cracking. Properly controlled and handled
A234 grade WP5 (fittings) electrodes will provide weld metal with hydrogen
A199 grade T5 <5ml/100g. For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a
A213 grades T5, T5b lower preheat of 150°C may be acceptable, though it
BS 3604 grades HFS 625, CFS 625 should be recognised that faster cooling rates may
DIN 12CrMo 19 5 (1.7362) lead to partially martensitc and harder deposits.
X7CrMo 6 1 (1.7373)
X11CrMo 6 1 (1.7374) Full transformation of 5CrMo during welding will be
forgings: completed within a 200-350°C working range, so
direct transfer (at >150°C) to PWHT is permissible,
ASTM A182 grade F5, F5a followed by NDE. If PWHT will be applied after
A336 grade F5 complete cool out and NDE, the preheat temperature
BS 1503 grade 625 should be maintained for some time after welding,
1501 grade 625 (section & bar) according to thickness, to promote hydrogen
cast: dispersal. The latter precaution is less significant for
the TIG and solid wire MAG processes.
ASTM A217 grade C5
BS 1504 grade 625 PWHT
3100 grade B5 PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
DIN GS-12CrMo 19 5 (1.7353, 1.7363)
the range 705-760°C (eg. BS2633 & PD5500 710-
Applications 750°C, ASME B31.3 705-760°C). Minimum
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with holding time recommended is two hours. For
corrosion resistance in superheated steam, hot castings the minimum suggested PWHT temperature
hydrogen gas and high sulphur crude oils. is lower, with temperatures as low as 670°C being
specified.
Used primarily for boiler superheaters, heat
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil Products available
refineries.
Process Product Specification
This weld metal has also been used successfully for
MMA Chromet 5 AWS E8015-B6
subsequent nitriding, for example in the repair of
3Cr-1Mo-V and 2Cr-Mo-1A1 (BS En40C, En41) TIG/MIG 5CrMo AWS ER80S-B6
steels used for moulds for injection-moulding of FCW Cormet 5 AWS E81T1-B6
plastics.

29
CHROMET 5 5%Cr-0.5%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8015-B6 H4


AWS A5.4 E502-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo5 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-5CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 4.0 -- 0.45 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.80 0.025 0.025 6.0 0.40 0.65 0.3
typ 0.06 0.8 0.40 0.01 0.015 5 0.2 0.55 0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B6 (<0.05% for E8015-B6L made to order).

All-weld mechanical Typical properties after PWHT * 745°C/1h ** 740°C/2h 745°C/3h


properties min. typical typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 550 *** 610 610 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 500 480 360
Elongation on 4d % 19 25 23 28
Elongation on 5d % 18 22 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 69 71 74
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 150 130 140
- 10°C J -- 80 50 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 210/205 210/200 205/160
* AWS A5.4 requires a PWHT of 840-870°C/2h, (this PWHT is never applied in practice so is not
shown).
** This is the AWS A5.5 PWHT (732-760°C/1h). BS is 725-745°C/2h, BS EN & DIN is 730-760°C/1h.
*** BS EN and DIN minimum is 590MPa. There are no base material grades requiring such a high tensile
strength ASTM is 414-552MPa dependent on grade.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.1 16.8
pieces/carton 636 396 246 156

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 1.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 3

30
5CrMo Solid TIG and MIG wire for 5%Cr-0.5%Mo creep resisting steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG, alloyed with 5%Cr-0.5%Mo.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B6


AWS A5.9 ER502 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo5Si

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.03 0.40 0.30 -- -- 5.5 -- 0.50 --- --
max 0.10 0.70 0.50 0.020 0.020 6.0 0.3 0.65 0.3 0.03
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.01 5.7 0.1 0.55 0.2 0.02

All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT: min. * TIG 745ºC/1h TIG 740ºC/2h
properties Tensile strength MPa 590 640 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 530 440
Elongation on 4d % 17 28 25
Elongation on 5d % 17 25 20
Reduction of area % -- 72 78
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 240 --
Hardness cap/mid HV10 -- 195/215 --
* Minimum values after PWHT 745ºC (730-760ºC) for 1h according to AWS A5.28 for ER80S-B6 and BS
EN 12070.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 140A, 14V 260A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


50 5 3 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

31
CORMET 5 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description Cormet 5 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B6C/M-H4


AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B6-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B6-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-5CM

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 4.00 0.45 -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.50 0.030 0.030 6.00 0.65 0.3 0.40
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 5 0.5 0.05 0.01

All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 690
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 600
Elongation on 4d % 19 22
Elongation on 5d % 17 19
Reduction of area % -- 67
* BS EN ISO requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS requires 2 hour PWHT.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-
2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


20 8 < 0.5 1.5 1.5 <1 8 3.3

32
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-16 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
9CrMo FOR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


9%Cr-1%Mo martensitic alloy for elevated Owing to the as-deposited hardness (up to 450HV)
temperature service. and the relatively poor fracture resistance of the
martensitic 9CrMo microstructure, a preheat and
Materials to be welded minimum interpass temperature of 200°C shall be
plates: applied to ensure freedom from hydrogen induced
cracking. Properly controlled and handled electrodes
ASTM A387 grade 9 will provide weld metal with hydrogen <5ml/100g.
pipe/tube: For TIG root runs or all-TIG welds, a lower preheat
ASTM of 150°C may be acceptable.
A335 grade 9
A234 grade WP9 (fittings)
During welding, full transformation may not be
A199 grade T9
complete within a working range of 200-350°C, so
A213 grades T9
BS partial cooling to around 150°C is advised before
3604 grades CFS & HFS 629-470,
direct transfer to PWHT, followed by NDE. If
CFS & HFS 629-590
DIN PWHT will be applied after complete cool out and
X12CrMo 9 1 (1.7386)
NDE, the preheat temperature should be maintained
X7CrMo 9 1 (1.7388)
for some time, according to thickness, to promote
forgings: hydrogen dispersal. The latter precaution is less
ASTM A182 grade F9 significant for the TIG and solid wire MAG
A336 grade F9 processes.
cast: PWHT
ASTM A217 grade C12 PWHT to temper the weldment would normally be in
BS 1504 grade 629 the range 705-780C (eg. BS2633 710-750C,
3100 grade B6 PD5500 740-780C, ASME B31.3 705-760C).
DIN GS-12CrMo 10 1 (1.7389) Minimum holding time recommended is two hours.
For castings the minimum suggested PWHT
Applications temperature is lower, with temperatures as low as
For elevated temperature service up to 600ºC, with 670C being specified.
reasonable degree of corrosion resistance in
superheated steam, hot hydrogen gas and high Products available
sulphur crude oils, where higher performance than
5%Cr-0.5%Mo steels is required. Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 9 AWS E8015-B8
Used primarily for boiler superheater tubing, heat TIG/MIG 9CrMo AWS ER80S-B8
exchangers, piping and pressure vessels in oil
FCW Cormet 9 AWS E81T1-B8
refineries and power plants.

Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite and bainite.

Rev 09 03/12 33 DS: A-16 (pg 1 of 4)


CHROMET 9 9%Cr-1%Mo MMA electrode
Product description Basic metal powder type made on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8015-B8 H4


AWS A5.4 E505-15 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo9 B 3 2 H5
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1M

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.90 --
max 0.10 1.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 10.0 0.40 1.20 0.3
typ 0.06 0.75 0.35 0.012 0.015 9 0.2 1 <0.05
* Carbon 0.05-0.10% for E8015-B8 (<0.05% for E8015-B8L, made to order).

All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT min * 740°C/2h 746°/3h


properties typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 590 710 680
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 600 550
Elongation on 4d % 19 22 26
Elongation on 5d % 18 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 90 130
0ºC J -- 50 --
-10ºC J -- 25 90
Hardness HV -- 235 220
AWS PWHT is 732-760°C /1 hour. BS EN PWHT is 740-780°C/2 hours. See front page under PWHT for
normal fabrication practice.
* ASTM base material minimum varies in the range 414-586MPa depending on grade.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 11.7 15.0 17.4 16.5
pieces/carton 612 399 249 150

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.1 2.5 <0.2 <0.1 18 2

Rev 09 03/12 34 DS: A-16 (pg 2 of 4)


9CrMo TIG and MIG copper coated wire for 9%Cr-1%Mo
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-B8


AWS A5.9 ER505 This classification has now been withdrawn from A5.9
BS EN ISO 21952-A CrMo9

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.40 0.30 -- -- 8.5 -- 0.80 --
max 0.10 0.60 0.50 0.020 0.020 10.0 0.5 1.20 0.35
typ 0.07 0.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 9 0.1 0.9 0.1

All-weld mechanical Typical values after 745°C/1h: min TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 590 730
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 612
Elongation on 4d % 17 27
Elongation on 5d % 18 23
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 80
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 225/230

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar + 1-3%O2 or 5-20% CO2
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 140A, 14V 260A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- To order
1.6 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible):

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


50 4 6 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 09 03/12 35 DS: A-16 (pg 3 of 4)


CORMET 9 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description Cormet 9 is an all-positional flux cored wire suitable for welding fixed pipework. Made using a high purity
steel sheath with a metal recovery of about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.29 E81T1-B8C/M-H4


AWS A5.36 E81T1-C1PZ-B8 or E91T1-M21PZ-B8 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T55T1-1C/M-9C1M

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Mo Cu Ni
(weld metal wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 8.0 0.85 -- --
max 0.12 1.25 1.00 0.030 0.030 10.5 1.20 0.3 0.4
typ 0.06 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 1.0 0.05 0.3

All-weld mechanical PWHT 745°C/2h * min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 500
Elongation on 4d % 19 24
Elongation on 5d % 17 21
Reduction of area % -- 65
* BS EN ISO-B requires 1 hour PWHT. AWS Requires 2 hour PWHT.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%. The wire is also suitable for use with 100%CO2. (Note: for 100%CO2 shielding gas, voltage should be 1-
2V higher.)
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 160 – 260A, 24-30V 190A, 25V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 1.2mm diameter 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


20 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

Rev 09 03/12 36 DS: A-16 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-17 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
P91 – MODIFIED 9CrMo Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type To ensure full martensite transformation, welds should be


cooled to ~100°C prior to PWHT.
Modified 9CrMo for high temperature creep resistance.
ASME base material codes and AWS consumable
Materials to be welded classifications allow PWHT down to 730°C, whilst BS EN
consumable classifications specify 750°C. Optimum
ASTM properties are obtained with a tempering parameter (P) of
A 213 T91 (seamless tubes) around 21 or above, where P = °C+273 (log t + 20) x 10 –3.
A 335 P91 (seamless pipes) Maximum PWHT temperature varies, AWS consumable
A 387 Gr 91 (plates) specifications are 760°C, BS EN 770°C; BS 1503 allows
A 182 / A336 F91 (forgings) up to 790°C for base material forgings.
A 217 C12A (castings) When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
A 234 WP91 addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides
A 369 FP91 a useful improvement in toughness after conveniently
DIN / BS EN short PWHT at 750–760°C. PWHT above 765°C is not
1.4903 (X10CrMoVNb 9 1) generally recommended for Ni-containing consumables,
BS because some re-hardening could occur due to the
1503 Gr91 proximity of Ac1. Some authorities specify weld metal Ni
3059-2 Gr91 + Mn < 1.5% to keep Ac1 high enough to allow higher
AFNOR PWHT temperature if required.
NF A-49213/A-49219 Gr TU Z 10 CDVNb 09-01

Applications Additional information

These consumables are designed to weld equivalent ‘type More detailed information on the products and properties
91’ 9CrMo steels modified with small additions of of P91 are available in the Technical Profile – "Welding
niobium, vanadium and nitrogen to give improved long Consumables for P91 Steels for the Power Generation
term creep properties. Industry" – available from the Technical Department.
These consumables are specifically intended for high
Products available
integrity structural service at elevated temperature so the
minor alloy additions responsible for its creep strength are Process Product Specification
kept above the minimum considered necessary to ensure
satisfactory performance. In this case, weldments will be MMA Chromet 9MV-N AWS E9015-B9
weakest in the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of Chromet 9MVN+ AWS E9015-B9
parent material, as indicated by so-called ‘type IV’ failure
Chromet 9-B9 AWS E9015-B9
in transverse weld creep tests.
Chromet 91VNB AWS E9015-B9
Modified 9CrMo steels are now widely used for
components such as headers, main steam piping and TIG 9CrMoV-N AWS ER90S-B9
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating
MIG (MCW) Cormet M91 AWS E90C-B9
plants. They may also find future use in oil refineries and
coal liquefaction and gasification plants. SAW 9CrMoV-N (wire) AWS EB9
LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 2
Microstructure
LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 1
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of BS EN SF CS 2
L2N (flux)
tempered martensite with alloy carbides.
FCW Supercore F91 AWS E91T1-B9
PWHT
Minimum preheat temperature 150°C with maximum
interpass temperature of 300°C; in practice a preheat-
interpass range of 200–300°C is normal.

Rev 20 06/13 37 DS: A-17 (pg 1 of 7)


General Data for all Modified 9CrMo (P91) Electrodes
Description Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.

Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will
give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

CHROMET 9MV-N MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness


Product description MMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire with Ni addition and lower
Nb for improved toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 H4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn


(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.6 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 620 770 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 640 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 17 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 60 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 65 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.00 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 17.4 16.5
pieces/carton 651 405 234 150

Rev 20 06/13 38 DS: A-17 (pg 2 of 7)


CHROMET 9MVN+ MMA electrode to AWS/BS EN with high Ni to maximise toughness
Product description MMA electrode – Basic type made on matching core wire with Ni addition and lower Nb for improved
toughness, conforming to BS EN ISO 3580-A and AWS specifications.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 H4
BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Sn Ni+Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.04 0.15 0.03 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.20 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 <0.008 1.5
typ 0.1 0.7 0.25 0.008 0.01 9 0.7 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.003 1.3
* Low Ni variant is available, Chromet 9-B9.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 620 720
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 590
Elongation on 4d % 17 22
Elongation on 5d % 17 19
Reduction of area % -- 62
Impact energy + 20°C J 47 90
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 250
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 250 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.5 14.1 16.5
pieces/carton 714 408 276 150

CHROMET 9-B9 MMA electrode meeting AWS/ASME


Product description MMA electrode – Basic metal powder type made on high purity steel core wire manufactured to the
requirements of AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 and BS EN ISO 3580-B.
Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 H4
BS EN ISO 3580-B E 6216-9C1MV
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 0.2 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 0.75 0.30 0.01 0.01 10.0 0.4 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.55 0.25 0.008 0.008 9 0.3 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 <0.01
* Ni + Mn ≤ 1. 0%. Nickel is below 0.4% (as parent material) although AWS allows up to 1.0%Ni. See
Chromet 9MV-N or Chromet 9MVN+ for variant with 0.4–1.0%Ni conforming to BS EN ISO
specification.
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical 550°C 600°C 650°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 620 710 >450 >375 >285
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 590 >360 >255 >175
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 -- -- --
Elongation on 5d % 17 19 >15 >17 >21
Reduction of area % -- 63 >68 >75 >80
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 75 -- -- --
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 1.10 -- -- --
Hardness after PWHT HV -- 240 -- -- --
Hardness as-welded HV -- 450 -- -- --
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0
length mm 350 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 13.5 13.5 15/17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 657 399 264/249 150
* 450mm is standard length for 4.0mm, 350mm produced to order.

Rev 20 06/13 39 DS: A-17 (pg 3 of 7)


CHROMET 91VNB MMA electrode for root welding
Product description MMA electrode - Basic coated for root welding applications made on high purity steel core wire.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-B9 H4


BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMo91 B 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.4 -- -- -- 8.0 0.4 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.12 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.5 0.8 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.25 0.04
typ 0.1 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.008 8.5 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min(1) typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 620 750
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 600
Elongation on 4d % 17 20
Elongation on 5d % 17 18
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 55
(1)
Minimum strength for parent material is lower than AWS requirement shown.

Operating parameters DC +ve, DC –ve or AC (OCV 70V min)

ø mm 2.5
min A 60
max A 110
Packaging data ø mm 2.5
length mm 350
kg/carton 13.5
pieces/carton 678

9CrMoV-N Solid wire for TIG and SAW


Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW

Specifications TIG SAW


AWS A5.23 -- EB9
AWS A5.28 ER90S-B9 --
BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMo91 --
BS EN ISO 24598-A -- (S CrMo91)

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 0.15 -- -- 8.5 0.40 0.85 0.03 0.15 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 0.80 0.50 0.010 0.010 9.5 0.80 1.10 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.10 0.04
typ 0.1 0.5 0.25 0.006 0.008 8.7 0.6 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.03 <0.01

All-weld mechanical PWHT 750 – 760°C / 2 – 3h min TIG SAW typical SAW typical
properties typical LA491 flux L2N flux
Tensile strength MPa 620 780 750 750
0.2% Proof stress MPa 415 675 630 630
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 25 25
Elongation on 5d % 16 19 23 23
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J -- * 220 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 250 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN ISO is 47 J.

Rev 20 06/13 40 DS: A-17 (pg 4 of 7)


9CrMoV-N (continued) (continued)
Parameters TIG SAW MIG
LA492, LA491 or L2N 9CrMoV-N not recommended
Shielding Argon
flux for MIG, Cormet M91 or
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F91 should be
Typical parameters 2.4mm ø 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min used.
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW MIG
0.7 / 5 / 15 kg
0.8/0.9/1.0/1.2 --
spools to order.
Not recommended - see
1.6 5kg tube --
Supercore F91 or Cormet
2.0 5kg tube
M91.
2.4 5kg tube 25kg coil
3.2 5kg tube 25kg coil
Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume are negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5

CORMET M91 Metal cored wire for MIG welding


Product description Metal cored wire for MIG welding. High purity steel sheath with 96% metal recovery with respect to wire.
Specifications AWS A5.28 E90C-B9
AWS A5.36 E90T15-M12PZ-B91
BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T15-0M-9C1MV
ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5
Composition C Mn* Si S P Cr Ni* Mo Nb V N Cu Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.03 0.18 0.03 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.20 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04
typ 0.1 1 0.3 0.01 0.01 9 0.3 1 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.03
* Ni + Mn ≤1.50
All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h min typical
properties Ar-2½%CO2 80/20 Ar-He-CO2
Tensile strength MPa 690 780 780 780
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 650 650 650
Elongation on 4d % 16 17 17 17
Elongation on 5d % 14 16 16 16
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 30 25 35
Lateral expansion + 20°C mm -- 0.30 0.28 0.45
Hardness HV -- 260 260 260
Parameters Operability is influenced by the type of shielding gas; higher CO2 levels, up to 20%, give
better arc characteristics but lower CO2 and O2 levels produce better impact properties. The
best compromise is considered to be obtained from Ar-2½%CO2 although if impact
properties are not a major concern, higher CO2 levels can be used to obtain optimum arc
characteristics.
ø mm Gas flow Optimum Stickout
1.2 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 260A 28V 10 – 20mm
1.6 15 – 25 l/min DC+ 330A 29V 15 – 25mm
Packaging data Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers. 15kg
spools.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
60 5 < 0.5 5 <0.1 <0.1 5

Rev 20 06/13 41 DS: A-17 (pg 5 of 7)


SUPERCORE F91 All-positional flux cored wire
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent modified 9CrMo steels (P91). Rutile flux system
with an alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

Specifications AWS A5.29 E91T1-B9C/M-H4


AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-B91-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B91-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)
BS EN ISO 17634-B T69T1-1C/M-9C1MV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N Cu Al Ni+Mn
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.60 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.85 0.02 0.15 0.02 -- -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.0 0.80 1.2 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.15 0.04 1.50
typ 0.1 0.8 0.3 0.010 0.016 9 0.5 1 0.04 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.01 1.30

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2h (6h) min typical typical High Temperature
properties 760°C/2h 760°C/6h +566°C +600°C +650°C
Tensile strength MPa 690 790 750 450 420 396
0.2% Proof stress MPa 565 660 630 360 288 245
Elongation on 4d % 17 20 23 21 27 29
Elongation on 5d % 14 18 20 20 25 26
Reduction of area % -- 55 58 73 81 85
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 28 36 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 260 250 -- -- --

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm (0.045in) Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

Rev 20 06/13 42 DS: A-17 (pg 6 of 7)


LA492, LA491, L2N and
Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrMoV-N solidL2N
wire
Product description LA491 is an agglomerated fluoride-basic submerged arc welding flux. LA492 is an agglomerated calcium
silicate flux for submerged arc welding. L2N is a fused calcium silicate flux for submerged arc welding.
Specifications LA491 LA492 L2N
BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) SA FB 255 AC SA CS 155 DC SF CS 2 DC
AWS A5.23 (flux wire combination) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9) (F62PZ-EB9-B9)
Composition LA491 LA492 L2N
(flux wt %) SiO2 + Ti O2 15% 20% 30%
CaO + Mg O 40% 40% 35%
AlO3 + MnO 20% 20% 5%
CaF2 25% 20% 20%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~2.7 ~2.2 ~1.3

Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N
(typical) 9CrMoV-N Wire 0.10 0.6 0.30 0.005 0.005 8.8 0.6 1 0.06 0.20 0.05
Deposit with LA491 0.08 0.6 0.35 0.005 0.010 8.5 0.6 1 0.05 0.17 0.05
Deposit with LA492 0.08 0.5 0.30 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.05 0.16 0.05
Deposit with L2N 0.09 0.5 0.6 0.005 0.012 8.3 0.6 1 0.04 0.16 0.05
All-weld mechanical PWHT 750–760°C / 2–3h min SAW typical SAW typical SAW typical
properties LA491 flux LA492 flux L2N flux
Tensile strength MPa 620 750 720 750
0.2% Proof stress MPa 540 630 610 630
Elongation on 4d % 17 25 25 25
Elongation on 5d % 17 23 23 23
Reduction of area % -- 70 70 70
Impact energy + 20°C J --* 40 45 35
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 230 250
* Minimum impact required by BS EN 12070: SCrMo91 is 47 J.
Parameters LA491, LA492 L2N
AC or DC+ 800A maximum AC or DC+ 900A maximum
Packaging data LA491 LA492 L2N
25kg sealed drums 22.5kg sealed drums Packaging: 20kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C. Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300–350°C/ 1– If flux becomes damp, rebake at 150-250°C/1–
2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical 2hours to restore to as-packed condition.
work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml
H2/100g.

Rev 20 06/13 43 DS: A-17 (pg 7 of 7)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-18 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CONSUMABLES FOR E911 CRMO STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


Modified 9CrMo type generically called E911, with a In the PWHT condition consists of tempered
nominal composition of 9%Cr-1%Mo-1%W+NbVN. martensite.
Welding guidelines
Materials to be welded
Preheat-interpass range for E911 is 200-300°C.
EN/DIN 1.4905 X11CrMoWVNb 9 1 1 Before PWHT it is preferable to cool to 100°C or
1.4906 G-X12CrMoWVNbN 10 1 1 (cast) lower to ensure full martensite transformation.
ASTM A182/A336 F911 (forgings)
A213 T911 (seamless tube)
PWHT
A234 WP911 (fittings)
A335 P911 (seamless pipe) PWHT requirements are essentially the same as for
A369 FP911 (forged pipe) P91, which requires PWHT in the range 730-780°C.
A387 Grade 911 (plate) Castings are often PWHT at temperatures towards
the bottom of this range but the time is proportionally
increased to ensure sufficient tempering. As a
Applications
general rule the tempering parameter (P), should be
Electrodes for the new European creep-resistant steel 21, or higher, to achieve adequate tempering.
E911, which is essentially the ASTM P91 type with
1%W added to increase creep strength for service up P = °C+273(20+logt) x 10-3 (t = time in hours)
to at least 600°C.
Suggested conditions are 12h at 730°C or 3h at
These consumables are mainly intended for castings, 760°C.
which have a slightly higher Cr level. Castings also
have up to 1%Ni to suppress retained ferrite; in Related alloy groups
wrought products nickel is limited to 0.4%. For
This alloy is closely related to the P91 alloy (data
microstructural control and to optimise toughness
sheet A-17) and P92 alloy (data sheet A-20). The
after PWHT, the weld metal has about 0.6%Ni
9CrWV TIG wire (A-20) can be used in conjunction
added.
with Chromet 10MW. Also see alloy 921 (data sheet
A-25).
Applications for E911 steels include components
such as headers, main steam piping, boiler tubes, Products available
turbine casings and steam valves in fossil fuelled
power generating plants. It may also find future Process Product Specification
use in oil refineries and coal liquefaction and MMA Chromet 10MW --
gasification plants. FCW Cormet 10MW --

Rev 09 03/12 44 DS: A-18 (pg 1 of 3)


CHROMET 10MW MMA electrode for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description MMA electrode with a basic low hydrogen flux system made on high purity steel core wire. Electrode is all-
positional with a moisture resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G H4 (E9015-B9 modified)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N Al
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.50 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.85 0.85 0.04 0.18 0.03 --
max 0.14 1.20 0.30 0.015 0.02 10.5 0.80 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.02
typ 0.11 0.8 0.25 0.008 0.010 9.5 0.5 1 1 0.05 0.22 0.05 0.01

All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT: 730°C/12h


properties typical
Tensile strength MPa 760
0.2% Proof stress MPa 620
Elongation on 5d % 19
Reduction of area % 62
Impact energy + 20°C J 60
Hardness HV 250

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.8
pieces/carton 399 225 159

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 <0.2 <3 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

Rev 09 03/12 45 DS: A-18 (pg 2 of 3)


Cormet 10MW Metal cored wire for E911 creep-resisting steel
Product description Metal cored wire designed to weld equivalent E911 steels. Metal powder core with an alloyed strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 96%.

Specifications AWS A5.29 No current national standards.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(wire wt %) Min 0.08 0.50 -- -- -- 9.0 0.40 0.9 0.9 0.04 0.18 0.03 -- -- --
Max 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.02 10.0 0.85 1.2 1.2 0.08 0.25 0.07 0.0015 0.04 0.1
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9.5 0.6 1.0 1.0 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.0005 0.01 0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 755°C / 3h typical


properties Tensile strength 770
0.2% Proof stress 650
Elongation on 4d 11
Elongation on 5d 9
Reduction of area 20
Impact energy + 20°C 14
Hardness 260

Operating parameters Shielding gas: Ar + 2.5-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min (operability is improved at higher CO2 contents but impact
properties are better with lower CO2 contents).
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø amp-volt range stickout
1.2mm
(0.045in)
260A, 28V 15-25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu Pb OES (mg/m3)


60 5 < 0.5 5 < 0.1 < 0.1 5.0

Rev 09 03/12 46 DS: A-18 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-19 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
12CrMoV CREEP RESISTING STEEL Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type conditions. Preheat of 400ºC with maximum


interpass temperature of 500ºC is specified by DIN
12%Cr creep resisting steel also with nominally
8575. These temperatures are above the austenite-
1%Mo-0.5%W-0.3%V. The matching base material
martensite transformation range (Ms-Mf about 350-
is generically called X20.
150ºC) and more recent procedures have benefited
from welding in the 200-350ºC preheat range to
Materials to be welded reduce grain-coarsening and promote some
AISI Type 422. tempering of partially transformed multipass weld
DIN X20CrMoV 12 1 (1.4935) metal.
G-X22CrMoV 12 1 (1.4931) cast.
BS 3604 grade 762. After welding, the joint must be cooled slowly to
120C (100-150ºC) and held for 1-2 hours, to allow
transformation before post-weld heat treatment. If
Applications immediate heat treatment is not possible, the
Chromet 12MV deposits high strength martensitic transformation step must be followed by a post-heat
weld metal of nominally 0.2%C-12%Cr-1%Mo of about 350ºC for 1-4 hours for hydrogen release,
modified with vanadium and tungsten. The alloying before cooling below 60ºC is allowed. In this
is balanced with a small addition of nickel to ensure a condition, the hard weld zone is potentially sensitive
fully martensitic microstructure. to stress corrosion cracking (SCC) and must be kept
dry, with minimum delay before PWHT.
12%CrMoV steels are used for critical heat and creep
resisting service up to at least 550ºC. The high PWHT
chromium level confers superior steam and fireside
corrosion performance compared with 2-9%CrMo For production welds typical PWHT is in the
creep-resisting steels. temperature range 730-770°C. Normally this would
be required for a minimum of three hours but will
Used in cast and wrought form for high pressure vary according to thickness, see appropriate
steam piping and headers, heat exchangers and application code for details.
turbine components, particularly in the power
generation industry and sometimes in Related alloy groups
petrochemical applications.
The newer P91 materials have replaced many of the
original applications for this alloy (data sheet A-17).
Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of Products available
tempered martensite.
Process Product Specification
MMA Chromet 12MV BS EN E CrMoWV 12 B
Welding guidelines
TIG 12CrMoV BS EN W CrMoWV 12 Si
The room temperature hardness of as-deposited weld
metal exceeds 500HV over a wide range of cooling

Rev 03 03/12 47 DS: A-19 (pg 1 of 3)


CHROMET 12MV Basic all-positional MMA electrode for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder type made on high purity core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications BS EN ISO 3580-A E CrMoWV12 B 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.15 0.40 -- -- -- 10.0 -- 0.80 0.40 0.20
max 0.22 1.30 0.80 0.025 0.025 12.0 0.8 1.20 0.60 0.40
typ 0.20 0.8 0.25 0.010 0.017 11 0.5 1 0.5 0.3

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760ºC / 3 hrs Room Elevated temperature


properties temperature 350°C 400°C 450°C
min * typical min typ min typ min typ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750 -- 590 -- 560 -- 520
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 550 370 450 355 420 325 410
Elongation on 4d % -- 24 -- 18 -- 20 -- 17
Elongation on 5d % 15 21 -- 16 -- 16 -- 14
Reduction of area % -- 55 -- 50 -- 48 -- 48
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 40 -- -- -- -- -- --
0ºC -- 33 -- -- -- -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 235 -- -- -- -- -- --
* Minimum requirements after PWHT of 740-780°C/2 hours.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.8 16.8 16.8
pieces/carton 600 339 234 150

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2<10ml/100g, 300 - 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2<5ml/100g. Maximum 420°
C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 4 0.1 3 <0.2 0.1 0.1 16 1.7

Rev 03 03/12 48 DS: A-19 (pg 2 of 3)


12CrMoV Solid TIG wire for 12%Cr creep resisting steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG.

Specifications BS EN ISO 21952-A W CrMoWV 12 Si

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V W
(wire wt %) min 0.17 0.40 0.20 -- -- 10.5 -- 0.80 0.20 0.35
max 0.24 1.00 0.60 0.020 0.025 12.0 0.80 1.20 0.40 0.80
typ 0.2 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.01 11 0.6 1 0.3 0.5

All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 760ºC/2h: min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 750
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 600
Elongation on 5d % 15 20
Impact energy + 20°C J 34 50

Operating parameters TIG


Shielding Argon
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4
Voltage 100A, 12V

Packaging data ø mm TIG


2.4 5kg tube

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 5

Rev 03 03/12 49 DS: A-19 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-20 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
P92 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type PWHT


9%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and N for high Minimum preheat temperature 200°C with maximum
temperature creep resistance. interpass temperature of 350°C; in practice a preheat-
interpass range of 200 – 300°C is normal. To ensure full
Materials to be welded martensite transformation welds should be cooled to
~100°C prior to PWHT; up to 50mm wall thickness can be
ASTM cooled to room temperature whilst thick wall forgings or
A 213 T92 (seamless tubes) castings should not be cooled below ~80°C prior to
A 335 P92 (seamless pipes) PWHT.
A 387 Gr 92 (plates)
A 182 F92 (forgings) ASME base material codes allow PWHT down to 730°C
A 369 FP92 (forged & bored pipe) but for weld metals PWHT is normally carried out in the
range 750-770°C. Optimum properties are obtained with
EN PWHT at 760°C for 4 hours.
X10CrWMoVNb 9-2
When compared with directly matching weld metal, the
Applications addition of some nickel and reduction of niobium provides
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent „type a useful improvement in toughness after PWHT.
92‟ 9%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium,
niobium, nitrogen and a small addition boron to give Additional information
improved long term creep properties. D Richardot, J C Vaillant, A Arbab, W Bendick: “The
T92/P92 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann Tubes, 2000.
They are specifically intended for high integrity structural
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy
Products available
additions responsible for its creep strength are kept above
the minimum considered necessary to ensure satisfactory Process Product Specification
performance. In practice, weldments will be weakest in
the softened (intercritical) HAZ region of parent material, MMA Chromet 92 --
as indicated by so-called „type IV‟ failure in transverse TIG 9CrWV --
weld creep tests.
SAW 9CrWV (wire) --
The rupture strength of P92 is up to 30% greater than P91, LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 255AC
and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for LA492 (flux) BS EN SA CS 155DC
components such as headers, main steam piping and
turbine casings, in fossil fuelled power generating FCW Supercore F92 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4
plants.

Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite.

Rev 05 03/12 50 DS: A-20 (pg 1 of 4)


CHROMET 92 MMA all-positional electrode for joining P92 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G H4

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
typ 0.11 0.6 0.25 0.01 0.01 9 0.6 0.45 1.7 0.05 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2-4h min typical ----- High Temperature -----
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C
Tensile strength MPa 620 740 511 422 340
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 630 419 320 229
Elongation on 4d % 17 22 15 19.5 19.5
Elongation on 5d % 16 19 14 18 18
Reduction of area % -- 50 64 73 80
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 60 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 230-260 -- -- --

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12 14.1 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 762 393 267 150
Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will
give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

Rev 05 03/12 51 DS: A-20 (pg 2 of 4)


9CrWV Solid wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire, non-copper coated, for TIG and SAW welding.

Specifications None applicable.

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.0 -- 0.30 1.5 0.04 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.00 0.40 0.015 0.015 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.7 0.30 0.01 0.01 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.06 0.2 0.05 0.003 <0.01 <0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min TIG ----- High Temperature TIG -----
properties typical +550°C +600°C +650°C
Tensile strength MPa 620 800 455 387 312
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 700 374 282 200
Elongation on 4d % 16 22 24.5 20.5 28
Elongation on 5d % -- 19 22.5 19 25.5
Reduction of area % -- 70 82 85 89
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 220 -- -- --
Hardness HV (mid) -- 265 -- -- --

Parameters TIG SAW MIG


Shielding Argon LA491/LA492 flux 9CrWV is not recommended
Diameter, mm 2.4 2.4 for MIG welding.
Current DC- DC+ Supercore F92 should be used.
Typical parameters 100A, 12V 450A, 30V, 450mm/min

Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW


2.4 5kg tube 25kg coil
3.2 5kg tube 20kg coil

Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 4 < 0.4 6 0.5 < 0.5 5

LA491 & LA492 Flux


Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
Product description Agglomerated basic submerged arc welding fluxes
Specifications LA491 BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC
LA492 BS EN ISO 14174 SA CS 155 DC H5
Composition LA491: LA492:
(weld metal wt %) 15% SiO2 + Ti O2 20% SiO2
40% CaO + Mg O 40% MgO + CaO
20% AlO3 + MnO 20% Al2O3 + K2O
25% CaF2 20% CaF2
Basicity index ~2.7 (Boniszewski) Basicity index ~2.25 (Boniszewski)

Analysis deposit C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B
(typical) 9CrWV Wire 0.11 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 9.0 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.06 0.19 0.05 0.003
LA491 dep. 0.09 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.5 0.5 0.4 1.7 0.04 0.16 0.04 0.001
LA492 dep. 0.08 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.01 8.4 0.4 0.4 1.6 0.04 0.14 0.04 0.001

Rev 05 03/12 52 DS: A-20 (pg 3 of 4)


LA491 & LA492 Flux (continued) Sub-arc fluxes for use with 9CrWV solid wire
All-weld mechanical SAW & LA491 SAW & LA492
properties PWHT 760°C / 2 – 4h min typical typical
Tensile strength MPa 620 740 700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440 630 580
Elongation on 4d % 16 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 60 65
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 35 45
Hardness HV (mid) -- 250 225
Parameters AC or DC+ 800A maximum
Packaging data LA491: 25kg sealed drums LA492: 22.5kg sealed drums
Preferred storage <60%RH, > 18°C.
If flux becomes damp, rebake at 300 – 350°C / 1 – 2hours to restore to as-packed condition. For critical
work, it is recommended to redry to ensure <5ml H2/100g.

SUPERCORE F92 All-positional flux cored wire


Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent P92 steels. Rutile flux system with an alloyed strip
producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

Specifications AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-B92-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-B92-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.08 0.40 -- -- -- 8.5 0.30 0.30 1.5 0.03 0.15 0.03 0.001 -- --
max 0.13 1.20 0.40 0.015 0.020 9.5 0.80 0.60 2.0 0.07 0.25 0.07 0.005 0.03 0.15
Typ 0.11 0.8 0.30 0.01 0.017 9 0.5 0.45 1.7 0.04 0.2 0.04 0.003 <0.01 <0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4-6h typical --------------- High Temperature ------------
properties +550°C +600°C +650°C +700°C
Tensile strength 775 471 400 308 215
0.2% Proof stress 650 385 294 194 125
Elongation on 4d 21 18.5 25 26.5 25.5
Elongation on 5d 18 17 22.5 24.5 23.5
Reduction of area 50 68 77 81 86
Impact energy + 20°C 25 -- -- -- --
Hardness 260 -- -- -- --

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm
(0.045in)
Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm

* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

Rev 05 03/12 53 DS: A-20 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-21 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
T23 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


2¼%Cr steel alloyed with W, Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube can be
temperature creep resistance. welded without preheat; if preferred, and for thicker wall
sections, preheat of 150-200°C can be applied. Maximum
Materials to be welded interpass temperature should be kept to 350°C.
ASTM For many current applications T23 tube is put into service
A 213 T23 (seamless tubes) in the as-welded condition. During production of the tube
A 335 P23 (pipe) the typical tempering cycle applied is 760°C/30 minutes;
the ASME code case specifies a minimum tempering
BS EN temperature of 730°C for base material. When it has been
10216 X7CrWVMoNb9-6 (proposed) applied PWHT in the range 715-740˚C has been applied.

Applications Additional information


These consumables are designed to weld equivalent „type J C Vaillant, B Vandenberghe, C Zakine, J Gabrel, W
23‟ 2¼%Cr steels modified with tungsten, vanadium, Bendick: “The T23/P23 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann
niobium, and a small boron addition to give improved long Tubes, 2006.
term creep properties. The Chromet 23L electrode is
specifically designed for as-welded applications but can
Products available
also be subject to PWHT; the flux cored wire will typically
be used on thicker wall pipe where it is envisaged that Process Product Specification
PWHT will be applied.
MMA Chromet 23L --
The consumables are intended for high integrity service at TIG 2CrWV --
elevated temperature so the minor alloy additions
SAW 2CrWV (wire) --
responsible for creep strength are kept within the parent
material range. LA491 (flux) BS EN SA FB 2

The rupture strength of T23 can be up to twice that of T22


and interest in its use is growing as a candidate for
components such as waterwalls in ultra-super-critical
boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating plants.

Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure consists of
bainite.

Rev 07 10/12 54 DS: A-21 (pg 1 of 3)


CHROMET 23L MMA all-positional electrode for joining T23 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on high purity, alloyed core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels. Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to
whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G H4

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V N B Al Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.10 -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 -- 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.80 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.03 0.0060 0.03 0.15
typ 0.05 0.5 0.25 0.01 0.01 2.2 0.6 0.2 1.6 0.03 0.23 0.02 0.001 <0.01 <0.05

All-weld mechanical typical typical


properties as-welded 715°C/1
Tensile strength MPa 940 700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 870 625
Elongation on 4d % 19 22
Elongation on 5d % 16 20
Reduction of area % 50 60
Impact energy + 20°C J 22 70
Hardness HV 290-350 220-260

Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
length mm 350 350 450
kg/carton 10.2 13.8 16.2
pieces/carton 621 366 228
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

2CrWV Solid T23 wire for TIG welding


Product description Solid wire, copper coated, for TIG welding.

Specifications None applicable.

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 5B group 2, QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V B Al Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 -- -- -- -- 1.9 -- 0.05 1.45 0.02 0.20 0.0005 -- --
max 0.10 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.6 0.8 0.30 1.75 0.08 0.30 0.0060 0.03 0.25
Typ 0.06 0.6 0.3 0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.003 <0.01 0.15

Rev 07 10/12 55 DS: A-21 (pg 2 of 3)


2CrWV (continued)
All-weld mechanical typical typical typical
properties as-welded 715°C/30min 740°C/2h
Tensile strength MPa 950 755 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 875 700 555
Elongation on 4d % 21 23 28
Elongation on 5d % 19 20 24
Reduction of area % 55 70 80
Impact energy + 20°C J 50 190 >250
Hardness HV (mid) 325 255 220

Parameters TIG
Shielding Argon
Diameter, mm 2.4
Current DC-
Typical parameters 100A, 12V

Packaging data ø mm TIG


2.4 5kg tube

Fume data Fume composition (wt %); TIG and SAW fume is negligible:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 5 1.3 <0.5 <0.5 1.2 5

LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux


Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

Specifications DIN 32522 B FB 6 55455 AC 8


BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Nb V Cu B
(typical wt%) 2CrWV wire 0.06 0.6 0.30 <0.01 0.01 2.4 0.5 0.2 1.6 0.05 0.25 0.1 0.003
Deposit 0.05 0.6 0.35 <0.01 0.01 2.3 0.5 0.2 1.5 0.04 0.22 0.1 0.002

All-weld mechanical 740°C/2h


properties with Tensile strength MPa 645
2CrWV wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 570
Elongation on 4d % 22
Elongation on 5d % 18
Reduction of area % 55
Impact energy +20°C J 175
Hardness HV (mid) 245

Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage
conditions for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long
period, it should be redried in the range 3000-350°C/1-3h.

Rev 07 10/12 56 DS: A-21 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-22 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
T24 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


2¼%Cr steel alloyed with Mo, V, Nb, and B for high In many situations it is claimed that thin wall tube
temperature creep resistance. can be welded without preheat; if preferred, and for
thicker wall sections, a preheat of 150-200°C can be
applied. Maximum interpass temperature should be
Materials to be welded
kept to 350°C.
BS EN 10216-2 X7CrMoVTiB10-10
ASTM A213 T24 For many current applications T24 tube is put into
service in the as-welded condition. During
Applications production of the tube the typical tempering cycle
applied is 750°C/30 minutes; the ASTM standard
These consumables are designed to weld equivalent specifies a minimum tempering temperature of
„type 24‟ 2¼%Cr steels modified with molybdenum, 730°C for base material.
vanadium, niobium, and a small boron addition to
give improved long term creep properties.
Additional information
The consumables are intended for high integrity J Arndt, K Haarmann, G Kottmann, J C Vaillant:
service at elevated temperature so the minor alloy “The T23/T24 Book” Vallourec & Mannesmann
additions responsible for creep strength are kept close Tubes, 1998.
to the parent material range. One exception is Ti/Nb;
the T24 base material is alloyed with Ti but because
Products available
of the difficulties in achieving consistent transfer of
Ti in weld metals this is replaced with Nb. Process Product Specification
TIG/auto-TIG 24CrMoV --
The rupture strength of T24 can be up to twice that of
T22 and interest in its use is growing as a candidate SAW 24CrMoV (wire) --
for components such as waterwalls in ultra-super- LA424 (flux) BS EN S A AR
critical boilers, in fossil fuelled power generating
plants.

Microstructure
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
bainite.

Rev 03 03/12 57 DS: A-22 (pg 1 of 2)


24CrMoV Solid T24 low alloyed wire for TIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire for TIG and SAW. The cut TIG wire and sub-arc wire are copper coated; the spooled auto-TIG
wire is not copper coated.

Specifications None applicable

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 4

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 -- -- -- -- 2.20 -- 0.80 0.02 0.20 --
max 0.11 1.0 0.5 0.015 0.020 2.60 0.40 1.20 0.08 0.30 0.25
typ 0.09 0.6 0.2 0.005 0.01 2.4 0.2 1.0 0.06 0.25 0.1

All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT 760°C/2h TIG High Temperature (TIG)
400°C 500°C 600°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 670 550 510 415
0.2% Proof stress MPa 575 493 457 342
Elongation on 4d % 27 19 19 28
Elongation on 5d % 23 -- -- --
Reduction of area % 75 74 75 86
Impact energy +20°C J 250 -- -- --
Impact energy -20°C J 200 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/215 -- -- --

Typical operating TIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon LA424
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.0mm 2.0mm
Parameters 120A, 14V *
* Main application would be for high speed fillet welds on waterwall, contact Technical Department for
information.

Packaging data ø mm TIG Auto-TIG * SAW


0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
2.0 5kg tube -- 25kg/300kg
* Mini-spools available on request.

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG & SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

LA424 Sub-arc flux for high speed fillet welding


Product description LA424 is an agglomerated submerged arc welding flux. It is optimised for high speed single pass welding and
produces a good bead shape and wetting at high travel speeds. LA424 is suitable for AC/DC welding with
maximum current of 800A.
Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 (flux) S A AB1 76 AC H5 1-16
S A AR1 76 AC H5 1-16
Composition SiO2 + Ti O2 CaO + Mg O AlO3 + MnO CaF2
(flux wt %) 35% 5% 55% 5%
Basicity index (Boniszewski) ~0.4

Packaging data Metrode LA424 flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 25kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-2h.

Rev 03 03/12 58 DS: A-22 (pg 2 of 2)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-23 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CONSUMABLES FOR WB36 Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


WB36 is a NiMo base material with Cu and Nb The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
additions with good hot strength. Although depend on the thickness of the base material being
consumables of matching composition are not used welded. Normally preheat/interpass temperatures
compatible alternatives have been found to provide will be in the range 100-250°C depending on wall
the required properties. thickness.
PWHT
Materials to be welded
WB36 is tempered during manufacture in the
The consumables listed on this data sheet can be used temperature range 580-680°C, depending on
for a wide variety of applications (see also data specifications and requirements and following
sheets A-50, A-61 and A-64) but this data sheet welding PWHT is required for WB36. The PWHT
concentrates on the welding of: requirements will depend on a number of factors but
will normally be about 590±30°C.
DIN 15NiCuMoNb5
1.6368
Additional information
BS EN 10216-2 15NiCuMoNb5-6-4
1.6368 There is a Technical Profile P36 and the related
BS 3604 Grade 591 welding consumables.
ASTM Code Case 2353
A182 F36, A213 T36 & A335 P36 For offshore oil well-head process pipework and
Proprietary WB36 (V+M) fittings, after PWHT these low nickel consumables
satisfy NACE MR0175 requirements (<1%Ni &
<22HRC) intended to ensure resistance to sulphide-
Applications induced stress corrosion cracking in sour service,
combined with good sub-zero toughness.
WB36 is a high temperature construction steel for
service up to 450°C; typical applications are below
Also find applications for the repair of medium
400°C designed on the basis of tensile rather than
strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief
creep properties. It is mainly used for feedwater
only (rather than N+T) is to be applied.
piping systems in place of standard carbon steels
(eg.A106 grade C) in conventional and nuclear power
stations. WB36 also finds applications for headers, Products available
manifolds and fittings in power stations.
Process Product Specification
MMA 1NiMo.B AWS E9018-G
Microstructure
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2
In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
SAW SA1NiMo (wire) AWS EF3
consists of tempered ferrite/bainite.
LA436 (flux) BS EN SA AB 167

Rev 04 03/12 59 DS: A-23 (pg 1 of 4)


1NiMo.B All-positional NiMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-G H4


BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32
Approvals TÜV, DNV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu V
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 -- --
max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10 0.03
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05 0.01

All-weld mechanical PWHT 590-620°C/1-2h: min typical High Temperature


properties 250°C 350°C 450°C
Tensile strength MPa 620 720 650 640 545
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 645 505 445 432
Elongation on 4d % 17 26 22 28 24
Elongation on 5d % -- 23 -- -- --
Reduction of area % -- 65 57 69 73

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
pieces/carton 546 369 240 171

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 150°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 18 5

Rev 04 03/12 60 DS: A-23 (pg 2 of 4)


MnMo Solid MnMo low alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2


BS EN 440 (G4Mo)
BS 2901: Pt1 A31

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 11

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1

All-weld mechanical Typical values PWHT min * TIG MIG High Temperature (TIG)
properties 590-620°C/1-2h Ar + Ar + 250°C 350°C 450°C
5%CO2 20%CO2
Tensile strength MPa 550 640 725 605 650 665 585
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 530 625 490 525 490 460
Elongation on 4d % 17 32 28 25 24 27 25
Impact energy - 30°C J 27 200 >100 >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 235/210 235/220 220/205 -- -- --
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding
gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2
which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*
mixtures also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 04 03/12 61 DS: A-23 (pg 3 of 4)


SA1NiMo Solid NiMo alloyed wire for SAW
Product description Solid copper coated wire for submerged arc welding. Nominal composition of 1%Ni-0.5%Mo capable of
achieving 90ksi (620MPa) tensile strength. Supplied to NACE MR0175 1.0%Ni maximum on request.

Specifications AWS A5.23 EF3


BS EN 756 S3Ni1Mo

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 10 (Nearest)

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni * Mo Cr Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.30 0.05 -- -- 0.8 0.45 -- --
max 0.15 1.80 0.25 0.020 0.020 1.2 0.65 0.20 0.30
typ 0.11 1.75 0.2 0.005 0.01 0.9 0.55 0.05 0.1
* Ni supplied to 1.0% maximum (NACE MR0175) on request.

All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded & PWHT AW 590°C/2h


properties Tensile strength MPa 700 680
0.2% Proof stress MPa 600 560
Elongation on 4d % 20 28
Impact energy +20°C J 90 140

Typical operating SAW


parameters Shielding LA436 flux
Current DC+
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 450A, 30V, 450mm/min

Packaging data ø mm SAW


1.6 25kg coil
2.4 25kg coil
3.2 25kg coil To order
4.0 25kg coil

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (SAW fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
50 10 <0.5 <0.5 <1.5 1.2 5

Rev 04 03/12 62 DS: A-23 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-25 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
C(F)B2 CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


Advanced 9CrMoV alloy with nominal composition Preheat and Interpass temperature range 200-300°C.
0.12%C-9.5%Cr-1.5%Mo-1%Co-0.25%V- Welding heat input should be kept below ~3kJ/mm.
0.05%Nb+B for high temperature creep resistance.
PWHT
Materials to be welded
Cooling to <100°C before PWHT is advisable to
For advanced creep resistant steel B2 developed in ensure full transformation to martensite. PWHT:
the European COST programme in forged (FB2) or 730°C/16-24h or preferably 760°C/~4h for Chromet
cast (CB2) forms, such as GX-13CrMoCoVNbNB 9- WB2 and 730°C/24h or preferably 760°C/~6h for
2-1. Supercore WB2

Applications Related alloy groups


COST alloy B2 was originally developed as a turbine Equivalent solid wire is not currently available;
rotor material and its outstanding creep performance nearest for compatible properties is 9CrWV (P92),
(above P91 and E911) has been confirmed with see data sheet A-20.
further optimisation. Applications of CB2 and FB2
use are growing as a candidate for components such Additional information
as turbine rotors, vales and casings, etc, in fossil
fuelled power generating plants. Zhuyao Zhang and Graham B Holloway “Welding
Consumables for Advanced Boron-Cobalt Alloyed
The weld metals deposited by Chromet WB2 9%Cr-Mo Creep Resisting Steels for Power
electrode and Supercore WB2 flux cored wire are Generation”, IIW Doc IX-2420-12, 2012.
designed to match the base material composition
quite closely for fabricating thick wall components Products available
used in the construction of power plants operating
Process Product Specification
with advanced steam parameters up to at least
600°C. MMA Chromet WB2 E9015-G H4
E91T1-G H4
Microstructure FCW Supercore WB2
E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4
In the PWHT condition, the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite.

Rev 07 02/13 63 DS: A-25 (pg 1 of 3)


CHROMET WB2 MMA all-positional electrode for C(F)B2 creep resisting steel
Product description Basic coated MMA electrode made on matching core wire. Moisture resistant coatings giving very
low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is approx 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9015-G H4

ASME IX Qualification QW422 P-No 15E group 1, QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 5

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20
typ 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.009 0.010 9.5 0.6 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent min typical typical ----- High Temperature* -----
properties 760°C/4h 760°C/10h +600°C +650°C +700°C
Tensile strength MPa 650 735 730 425 325 256
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 600 590 320 240 135
Elongation on 4d % 15 23 21 21 34 30
Elongation on 5d % 17 21 19 19 31 28
Reduction of area % -- 58 56 71 80 85
Impact energy +20°C J -- 40 40 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 230-260 230-260 -- -- --
*: After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.

Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0


length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 14.1 13.5 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 393 267 150 105
Operating parameters DC +ve. AC (OCV 70V min)

ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0


min A 80 100 140 200
max A 140 180 240 300
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin
will give hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g.
Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no
limit, but maximum 6 weeks recommended.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.1 <3 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 1.7

Rev 07 02/13 64 DS: A-25 (pg 2 of 3)


SUPERCORE WB2 All-positional flux cored wire for C(F)B2 creep resisting steel*
Product description All-positional flux cored wire designed to weld equivalent C(F)B2 steels. Rutile flux system with an
alloyed strip producing weld metal recovery of about 90%.

Specifications AWS A5.29 E91T1-G H4


AWS A5.36 E91T1-C1PZ-G-H4 or E91T1-M21PZ-G-H4 (dependent on shielding gas)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb V N B Co
(weld metal wt %) min 0.10 0.40 0.15 -- -- 9.0 0.40 1.4 0.04 0.20 0.001 0.005 0.80
max 0.15 1.00 0.50 0.015 0.020 10.5 0.80 1.7 0.07 0.30 0.035 0.015 1.20
typ 0.12 0.6 0.25 0.007 0.017 9.5 0.7 1.5 0.05 0.25 0.02 0.008 1.0

All-weld mechanical PWHT 760°C / 4h or equivalent min typical typical ----- High Temperature* -----
properties 760°C/4h 760°C/10h +600°C +650°C +700°C
Tensile strength MPa 650 820 800 450 345 242
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 690 670 360 230 144
Elongation on 4d % 15 19 20 15 19.5 47
Elongation on 5d % 17 18 18 14 18 43
Reduction of area % -- 53 56 64 73 89
Impact energy +20°C J -- 22 32 -- -- --
Hardness HV -- 265 250 -- -- --
*: After PWHT at 730°C/12h + 730°C/12h.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 (or 15 – 25%CO2) or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below:
ø welding position amp-volt range * typical stickout
1.2mm Positional 140-170A, 24-26V 160A, 25V 15-25mm
(0.045in) Down hand 180-260A, 28-30V 210A, 30V 15-25mm
* Using 100%CO2 the voltage should be increased by 1-2V

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and
prevent any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene
wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %), shielding gas 80%Ar-20%CO2:

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


18 8 < 0.5 3 3 <1 8 1.7

*: Previously Supercore F921

Rev 07 02/13 65 DS: A-25 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-40 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
1%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Also recommended where design requirements


specify toughness testing of higher strength low alloy
Low alloy steel alloyed with nominally 1%Ni for
steel welds down to –50°C eg. offshore
improved toughness. Actual Ni content is kept below
construction, pipelines and pressure vessels.
1% to ensure conformance with NACE MR0175.

Microstructure
Materials to be welded
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
CMn steels with yield stress of 450MPa or where
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
good toughness is required down to –50°C, such as:
optimum toughness.
ASTM A333 & A334 Grade 6.
A350 Grades LF2 & LF5.
Welding guidelines
A352 Grades LCB & LCC (cast).
API 5L X65. Preheat will dependent on the grade and thickness of
BS 4360 Grades 43E, 50E, 55C, 55EE, 55F. the base material.

Applications Related alloy groups


For welding higher strength steel structures where The 2%Ni (data sheet A-41) and 3%Ni (data sheet A-
PWHT is impracticable so that welds must possess 42) are also designed for applications requiring low
an appropriate degree of toughness and crack temperature toughness.
resistance.

The addition of about 1%Ni promotes Products available


microstructural refinement, with improved tolerance Process Product Specification
to procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld
MMA Tufmet 1Ni.B AWS E8018-C3
metal. Nickel also increases atmospheric weathering
resistance and improves electrochemical balance TIG/MIG 1Ni AWS ER80S-Ni1
between weld and base metal, thus minimising FCW Metcore DWA55E AWS E71T-5
preferential weld area corrosion in marine
environments. For offshore oilfield sour service, a
maximum of 1.0%Ni is commonly required (NACE
MR0175).

Rev 08 03/12 66 DS: A-40 (pg 1 of 4)


TUFMET 1Ni.B 1%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic, metal powder, type flux on high purity low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C3 H4


BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 1Ni B 42
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N2 A U
Conforms with NACE MR0175

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.80 -- -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.20 0.80 0.030 0.030 0.15 1.00* 0.2 0.05 0.05 0.3
typ 0.05 1 0.4 0.015 0.015 0.05 0.9 0.1 0.01 <0.05 0.05
* BS and AWS 1.10%Ni max.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470-550 520
Elongation on 4d % 24 27
Elongation on 5d % 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 150
- 40°C J 47 120
- 50°C J -- 80
- 60°C J 47 65

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 16.2
pieces/carton 627 390 243 162
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°
C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

Rev 08 03/12 67 DS: A-40 (pg 2 of 4)


1Ni 1%Ni wire for improved toughness
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni1


BS EN 440 & BS EN ISO 636-A (G3Ni1 – MIG; W3Ni1 – TIG)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu V
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.80 0.40 -- -- -- 0.80 -- -- --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.015 0.020 0.15 1.00 0.35 0.35 0.05
typ 0.10 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 0.05 0.9 0.02 0.2 0.01
* Most wire has a typical Mo of 0.02% but some batches will have typically 0.3% Mo.

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min * TIG MAG Ar + 5%CO2


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 550-650 571
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 460-510 475
Yield strength MPa -- 472 498
Elongation on 4d % 24 32 35
Impact energy - 50°C J 27 > 120 > 130
- 75°C J -- > 110 > 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 195/240 190/205
* Minimum as-welded properties according to AWS. All-weld tests show actual proof stress values close to
minimum or slightly lower, depending on process, shielding gas and Mo content (higher Mo wires produce
the higher typical strengths reported). However, note that yield point is typically 10-20MPa above the
0.2% proof stress, and in either case, exceeds 450MPa (65ksi).

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Voltage 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 to order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.0 (not 3.2) 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


55 6 < 0.1 0.5 < 0.1 1.2 5

Rev 08 03/12 68 DS: A-40 (pg 3 of 4)


METCORE DWA 55E Ni alloyed all-positional flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire with a rutile flux system for spray transfer at low currents and easy operation in all welding
positions. The wire is alloyed with about 0.4%Ni and provides good as-welded ed toughness down to –40°C.
Low moisture potential giving weld metal hydrogen content of typically < 5ml/100g.
Metal recovery 90% with respect to wire.

Specifications AWS A5.20 E71T-5 (MJ )*


AWS A5.36 E71T1-M21A2-CS1-H4
BS EN ISO 17632-A T42 4 P M 1 H5
BS EN ISO 17632-B T494T12-1MAP-H5
* Meets suffix M (Ar+20%CO2) and J (27J at –40°C) requirements. Note that the new classification E71T-
9MJ introduced in AWS A5.20-95 is strictly more appropriate.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 1

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.30 -- --
max 0.08 1.75 0.90 0.03 0.03 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.08
typ 0.05 1.1 0.5 0.01 0.02 < 0.1 0.35 < 0.1 0.02

All-weld mechanical typical


properties As welded (PWHT with caution) min * as-welded 600°C/4h **
Tensile strength MPa 480 580 575
0.2% Proof stress MPa 400 500 485
Elongation on 4d % 22 32 29
Impact energy - 40°C J 27 115 >27
Hardness HV -- 190 180
* As specified by AWS A5.20 E71T-5MJ as-welded.
** PWHT has a detrimental effect on impact energy but all batches are impact tested after PWHT of
600°C/4h.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%.

Current: DC+ve ranges as below:


ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130-300A, 16-32V 232A, 26V 15-25mm

Packaging data Spools supplied in cardboard carton: 15kg


The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Cr Ni Cu F OES (mg/m3)
33 12 < 0.5 < 0.1 < 0.5 2 5

Rev 08 03/12 69 DS: A-40 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-41 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
2%Ni FOR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type patina as required for matching the characteristics of


weathering steels, and is an alternative to using
Nominally 2.5%Ni low alloy steels.
matching consumables (data sheet A-70).

Materials to be welded
Microstructure
CMn and low alloy steel plate, pipe, forgings and
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
castings used extensively for service at low
ferritic with a component of acicular ferrite for
temperature eg. LT50.
optimum toughness.
ASTM A203 Grade A & B plate.
A333 Grade 6 pipe. Welding guidelines
A350 Grade LF1 & LF2 forgings.
Preheat according to base material and thickness.
A352 Grade LC2 casting.
Although AWS consumable specifications require
BS 1501-224 Grade 490B plate.
PWHT many fabrications will be left as-welded. The
Also proprietary medium tensile steels eg. Hyplus 29 need for PWHT will generally be determined by
(Corus) and Corten weathering steel (Corus, US applicable design codes.
Steels).
Related alloy groups
Applications The 1%Ni low alloy consumables (data sheet A-40)
Fabrication of storage tanks, process plant and and 3%Ni types (data sheet A-42) are also designed
associated pipework where good fracture toughness for applications requiring low temperature toughness.
from as-welded joints is demanded down to
temperatures in the region of -60ºC. Products available

The addition of about 2.5%Ni improves Process Product Specification


microstructural refinement and tolerance to MMA Tufmet 2Ni.B AWS E8018-C1
procedural variations compared to plain CMn weld TIG/MIG 2Ni AWS ER80S-Ni2
metal. It also promotes the formation of a stable

Rev 04 03/12 70 DS: A-41 (pg 1 of 3)


TUFMET 2Ni.B 2.5%Ni MMA electrode for good low temperature toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-C1 H4


BS EN ISO 2560-A (E 46 6 2Ni B 42)
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N5 P U

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Mo Cu V Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.50 -- -- -- 2.00 -- -- -- -- --
max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.030 0.030 2.60 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.05 0.05
typ 0.05 0.75 0.3 0.015 0.010 2.4 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.01 <0.01

All-weld mechanical As welded or PWHT 605ºC/1h * min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550-680 ** 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 520
Elongation on 4d % 19 25
Elongation on 5d % 20 23
Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy - 60°C J 47 100
- 75ºC J -- *** 65
* BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS EN ISO-B after PWHT.
** Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
*** Typically >30J as-welded, meeting BS 2Ni.LB/AWS E7018-C1L properties.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 16.8
pieces/carton 609 405 270

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g.. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100– 200°C in holding ovens, or 50-150ºC in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 <0.5 <0.1 0.2 <0.1 18 5

Rev 04 03/12 71 DS: A-41 (pg 2 of 3)


2Ni Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-Ni2


BS EN 440 and BS EN ISO 636-A (G 2Ni2 - MIG: W 2Ni2 - TIG)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 0.8 0.40 -- -- 2.00 --
max 0.12 1.25 0.80 0.025 0.025 2.75 0.35
typ 0.08 1 0.5 0.010 0.010 2.5 0.10

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded (AW) and


PWHT 605ºC/1h: TIG MAG: Ar + 5%CO2 MAG: Ar + 20%C02
properties
min* AW PWHT AW PWHT AW PWHT
Tensile strength MPa 550 580 556 650 585 580 555
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 470 452 540 460 470 425
Elongation on 4d % 24 32 35 28 32 28 32
Impact energy - 60°C J 27 175 200 45 140 40 100
-101ºC J -- -- 34 -- 50 -- 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 220/190 185/220 240/230 195/185 220/195 185/175
* Minimum properties after PWHT 620ºC/1h according to AWS. Actual tests show conformance as-welded,
as required for most fabrications. Proof stress values below AWS are found after PWHT at 605ºC/1h (=typical
practice and PWHT for AWS E8018-C1/Tufmet 2Ni.B).
Note that superior as-welded toughness may be obtained with Metrode 1Ni.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
* Ar + 1-5%O2 and proprietary mixtures also suitable.
Less oxidising shielding gas such as Ar + 5%CO2 produced the best mechanical properties, see above.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 To order --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


54 6 <0.1 1.5 <0.1 1.2 5

Rev 04 03/12 72 DS: A-41 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-42 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
TUFMET 3NiB Website: www.metrode.com

Product description Composition (weld metal wt %)


3.5%Ni alloyed steel electrode with basic flux, metal C Mn Si S P Ni
powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. min -- 0.30 -- -- -- 3.00
Recovery is approximately 120% with respect to core max 0.10 1.25 0.80 0.020 0.030 3.75
wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode. Moisture typ 0.05 0.5 0.3 0.01 0.015 3.3
resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen All-weld mechanical properties
levels.
As welded or PWHT 605°C/1h(1) min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 560-680(2) 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 540
AWS A5.5 E8018-C2 H4
Elongation on 4d % 19 > 22
BS EN ISO 2560-A E 46 6 3Ni B 42 Elongation on 5d % 20 25
BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-N7 P Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy -60°C J -- 100
ASME IX Qualification -75°C J 30 > 90
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. (1)
BS & BS EN ISO-A properties are as-welded, AWS & BS
EN ISO-B after PWHT.
Materials to be welded (2)
Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
3.5%Ni alloyed steels specifically for service at cryogenic
temperatures down to –80°C. Parameters
DC +ve
Plate BS1501Grade 503 and A203 Grades D,E,F
Forgings BS1503 Grade 503 and ASTM A350 Grade
LF3 ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Castings BS1504 Grade 503 LT60 and ASTM A352 min A 70 80 100 140
Grade LC3 max A 110 140 180 240
Pipe ASTM A333 Grade 3
Packaging data
Applications ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Construction of cryogenic plant and associated pipework length mm 350 380 450 450
eg. petrochemical industry, demanding resistance to kg/carton 12.0 13.5 16.8 17.4
weld brittle fracture when operating at temperatures down pieces/carton 627 393 243 159
to -800C in the manufacture, storage and distribution of
Storage
volatile liquids and liquified gases.
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
As with Tufmet 2Ni.B, it can be used for welding C-Mn with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
and low alloy steels for critical applications demanding a hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
combination of strength and reliable toughness down to For electrodes that have been exposed:
temperatures in the region of -600C. Rebake 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
For applications specifying impact properties at -1000C, 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
the use of matching 3.5%Ni weld metal may be cycles, 10h total.
unacceptable because of its sensitivity to procedure, heat Storage of rebaked electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
input etc, which results in excessive scatter of the impact oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
properties. In this situation nickel-base filler metals are maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
usually recommended eg. Metrode 20.70.Nb TIG root, ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
with Nimrod AKS or 182KS fill and cap. For all-TIG lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
applications such as thin-wall pipework, Metrode 2Ni TIG
root followed by 20.70.Nb may be used, or 20.70.Nb Related alloy groups
throughout. There is no matching TIG wire for this electrode, Metrode
2Ni TIG wire is available which is suitable for root runs
Microstructure (data sheet A-41).
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is ferritic
with a component of acicular ferrite for optimum Fume data
toughness. Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
Welding guidelines
14 5 < 0.5 < 0.1 0.2 < 0.1 18 5
Preheat and interpass temperature according to base
material thickness.
73
Rev 04 03/12 DS: A-42 (pg 1 of 1)
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
MnMo HIGH STRENGTH STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


Low alloy steel consumables with MnMo additions In the stress relieved condition the microstructure
for welding high strength steels. consists of tempered bainite.

Materials to be welded Welding guidelines


These consumables are used for a variety of ferritic The actual preheat and PWHT requirements will
CMn and low alloy steels. depend on the base material being welded. Normally
preheat/interpass temperatures will be in the range
E9018-D1 is used for materials with a minimum 100-250°C.
tensile strength requirement of 620MPa (90ksi); eg.
PWHT
AISI 4130 (90ksi condition), ASTM A487 grades
2A, B & C (cast). The PWHT requirements will depend on a number of
factors including, base material, property
E10018-D2 is used for materials with a minimum requirements, need to conform to NACE etc.
tensile strength requirement of 690MPa (100ksi); eg. Temperatures will normally be about 620°C but
AISI 4130, 4140, 8630; BS970 grades 709M40 when welding 4130 using E10018-D2 temperatures
(En19); DIN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), 34CrMo4 (1.7220); up to about 645°C may be required to temper the
ASTM A487 grades 4A, 4B, 4D & 6A (cast). HAZ.
Additional information
Applications Although MnMo wire is the nearest match to the
Fabrication of higher strength steels for use in the E9018-D1/E10018-D2 electrodes in terms of
stress relieved condition. composition when welding base materials requiring
high temperature or prolonged soak PWHT (eg.
For offshore oil well-head process pipework and 4130) it may not retain the required strength. In
fittings, these low nickel consumables satisfy NACE these circumstances the 1CrMo or 2CrMo wires may
MR0175 requirements intended to ensure resistance prove useful (data sheets A-12 and A-13). See also
to sulphide-induced stress corrosion cracking in sour alloy WB36 (data sheet A-23).
service, combined with good sub-zero toughness.
Products available
Also finds applications for the repair of medium
strength low alloy steel castings where a stress-relief Process Product Specification
only (rather than N+T) is to be applied. MMA E9018-D1 AWS E9018-D1
E10018-D2 AWS E10018-D2
TIG/MIG MnMo AWS ER80S-D2

Rev 06 03/12 74 DS: A-50 (pg 1 of 4)


General Data for all MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g for longer than a working shift of 8h.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.2 17 5

E9018-D1 All-positional MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9018-D1 H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 11

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.25 -- -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.75 0.80 0.025 0.025 -- -- 0.45 --
typ 0.07 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.15 0.35 0.05

All-weld mechanical PWHT 620°C/1h: min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 630 670
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 605
Elongation on 4d % 17 25
Elongation on 5d % 15 20
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy - 30°C J 47 90
- 50°C J 30 55
Hardness HV -- 210

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 15.9 16.8
pieces/carton 621 387 228 153

Rev 06 03/12 75 DS: A-50 (pg 2 of 4)


E10018-D2 MnMo low alloy steel MMA electrode
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux coating on high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating
provides very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E10018-D2 H4


BS EN 757 (E 624 MnMoB)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 11

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.07 1.65 0.20 -- -- -- -- 0.25 --
max 0.15 2.00 0.60 0.025 0.025 -- 0.9 0.45 --
typ 0.10 1.8 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.15 0.6 0.35 0.05

All-weld mechanical typical after PWHT: min 620°C/1h * 645°C/4h **


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 760 700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 620 690 620
Elongation on 4d % 16 25 26
Elongation on 5d % 18 21 22
Reduction of area % -- 65 67
Impact energy 0°C J -- -- >100
- 40°C J 27 >27 >60
Hardness HV -- 250 230
HRC -- -- <22
* PWHT according to AWS.
PWHT typically applied to weldments in alloy 4130 to meet <22HRC in HAZ for oilfield sour service
**
(NACE MR0175).

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0


min A 70 80 100 140 200
max A 110 140 180 240 300

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0


length mm 350 380 450 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 12.6 16.8 17.1 16.5
pieces/carton 633 351 243 159 105

Rev 06 03/12 76 DS: A-50 (pg 3 of 4)


MnMo Solid MnMo alloyed wire for TIG and MIG
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-D2, ER90S-D2


BS EN ISO 16834-B 4M31
BS EN 440 (G4Mo)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 11

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.07 1.60 0.50 -- -- -- 0.40 --
max 0.12 2.10 0.80 0.025 0.025 0.15 0.60 0.4
typ 0.1 1.9 0.6 0.005 0.01 0.05 0.5 0.1

All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded TIG MAG MAG


properties (AW) & PWHT Ar + 5%CO2 Ar + 20%CO2
min * AW 620°C/1 645°C/4 AW 620°C/1 AW 620°C/1
Tensile strength MPa 550 720 640 610 725 >635 625 605
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 610 530 530 625 >525 510 490
Elongation on 4d % 17 27 32 31 29 >25 28 25
-
Impact energy J 27 >80 >200 -- >100 -- >55 >100
30°C
-
J -- >50 >100 >130 >70 >110 -- --
45°C
Hardness HV -- 250 220 220 235 220 215 205
* Minimum as-welded values are for AWS ER80S-D2. As shown MAG welds using more oxidising shielding
gas (higher CO2 + O2) have lower strength. The AWS classification for ER80S-D2 is based on 100%CO2
which is seldom used; alternatively this wire can also be classified as ER90S-D2 using low CO2 gas mixtures.
Maximum strength is found with Ar + 5%CO2, an economic procedure to obtain as-welded properties
equivalent to AWS ER100S-G (and the closest approximation to electrode E10018-D2).

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
*
mixtures also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 5kg tube --
2.0 5kg tube --
2.4 5kg tube --
3.2 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.5 1.2 5

Rev 06 03/12 77 DS: A-50 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
HIGH STRENGTH Ni-Mo LOW ALLOY Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


A range of Mn-Ni-Mo low alloy consumables The microstructure of all the consumables is
covering tensile strength requirements from 620MPa predominantly ferrite; some will contain high
(90ksi) up to 825MPa (120ksi). Some are designed proportions of acicular ferrite for optimum as-welded
for as-welded applications whilst others are toughness (eg. Tufmet 1NiMo and Tufmet 3NiMo).
predominantly used following a stress relief PWHT.
Welding guidelines
Materials to be welded
Preheat according to base material and thickness,
These consumables are used for a variety of high although materials likely to be welded by the higher
strength steels. Depending on strength requirements, strength consumables will normally require 100°C
some examples are: minimum preheat.
Tufmet API 5A L80; BS 4360 grade 55F; With some HSLA steels interpass temperatures above
1NiMo RQT 601 (Corus); HY80; Navy 200°C may result in a reduction of strength and
Q1(N). toughness.
E11018-M Q1(N); HY80; RQT 701 (Corus);
PWHT generally dependent on base material and
QT445; NAXTRA 70; Hystal77.
Tufmet
application, the solid wire ER110S-G is not
HY80 & Q1(N);
3NiMo recommended for applications requiring PWHT.
possibly HY100 & Q2(N).
Further information can be found under each
individual product.
Applications
All the consumables are used for a range of high Related alloy groups
strength low alloy steels. The E11018-M and
The 1NiMo.B electrode (data sheet A-61) is used for
Tufmet 3NiMo electrodes in particular are used for
applications requiring maximum retained strength
military applications by the MoD and US Navy for
after extended PWHT.
construction and repair of naval craft and
submarines. The Tufmet 1NiMo was developed for The MnMo consumables (data sheet A-50) may be
the offshore industry where high strength and –50°C suitable for some of the same applications.
toughness is required in the as-welded condition.
Products available
All of the consumables also have applications for
general structural steel fabrications in HSLA steels, Process Product Specification
which may be used for cranes, earth moving MMA Tufmet 1NiMo AWS E9016-G
equipment, and other highly stressed structural
E11018-M AWS E11018-M
components.
Tufmet 3NiMo AWS E12016-G
TIG/MIG ER110S-G AWS ER110S-G

Rev 05 03/12 78 DS: A-60 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300 – 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven, or 50 – 150°C in heated quivers: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 <7 <0.5 <0.5 0.2 18 5

TUFMET 1NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Provides minimum strength of 620MPa (90ksi) in the
as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E9016-G H4


Approval: Statoil R-SF-163

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.030 1.30 0.25 -- -- 0.6 --
max 0.075 1.80 0.60 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.3
typ 0.05 1.5 0.35 0.008 0.01 0.85 0.15

All-weld mechanical Typical values as-welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 600°C/4-8h
properties Tensile strength MPa 620-730 670 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550-660 600 525
Elongation on 4d % 20 28 --
Elongation on 5d % 20 25 --
Impact energy 0°C J -- -- 130
- 50°C J 60 >100 >100

Operating parameters AC (OCV: 60V min) or DC -ve


Operation on DC+ve is not as favourable as above,
ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
min A 60 80 100 140
max A 100 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 450 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 18.0 16.8
pieces/carton 663 447 300 180

Rev 05 03/12 79 DS: A-60 (pg 2 of 5)


E11018-M All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic, metal powder type, flux on a high purity mild steel core wire.
Moisture resistant coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Conforms to military electrode specification used for Q1(N) and HY80 type steels used in naval construction
by MoD and US Navy. Also suitable for similar high strength steels requiring a minimum strength of 760MPa
(110ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E11018-M H4

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 12

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.30 -- -- -- -- 1.50 0.25 --
max 0.10 1.80 0.60 0.030 0.030 0.40 2.50 0.50 0.05
typ 0.05 1.7 0.35 0.012 0.012 0.2 2.2 0.4 0.02

All-weld mechanical Typical as welded and PWHT min As-welded PWHT 620°C/2h
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 820 830
0.2% Proof stress MPa 680-760 730 760
Elongation on 4d % 20 23 --
Elongation on 5d % 20 22 16
Reduction of area % -- 65 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 125 --
- 50°C J 30 80 40
Lateral expansion - 50°C mm (mils) -- 0.9 (37) --

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 14.1 16.2 16.8
pieces/carton 582 381 234 153

Rev 05 03/12 80 DS: A-60 (pg 3 of 5)


TUFMET 3NiMo All-positional MMA electrode with high strength and toughness
Product description MMA electrode with a low hydrogen basic flux on a high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
The electrode was specially designed for welding HY80 and Q1(N) castings which are N+T following
welding. Also suitable for other high strength steels requiring minimum tensile strength of about 820MPa
(120ksi) in the as-welded and stress-relieved condition; or yield strength up to about 800MPa in the as-welded
condition.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E12016-G H4


Approvals: MoD NES 769 for Q1(N) in Q+T condition.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.8 -- -- -- 0.6 3.5 0.4
max 0.06 1.5 0.5 0.025 0.025 1.0 4.5 0.8
typ 0.045 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.015 0.8 4 0.5

All -weld mechanical Q+T


properties Stress relieved 900°C/1-6h WQ +
Typical values: min As-welded 600-620°C/1h 635-650°C/1-6h WQ
Tensile strength MPa 830 950 920 710-770
0.2% Proof stress MPa 740 870 870 590-660
Elongation on 4d % 14 20 22 --
Elongation on 5d % -- 18 20 20-25
Reduction of area % -- 55 58 65-70
Impact energy 0°C J -- 65 -- --
- 50°C J -- 45 30 65-135
CTOD - 5°C mm -- -- -- >0.46

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.8 17.7 16.5
pieces/carton 381 267 156

Rev 05 03/12 81 DS: A-60 (pg 4 of 5)


ER110S-G High strength solid TIG and MIG wire
Product description Solid copper wire for TIG and MIG welding of Q+T steels requiring as-welded tensile strength up to about
760MPa (110ksi). It is not recommended for applications requiring PWHT.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER110S-G (Classified on the basis of mechanical properties in the as-welded
condition)
BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1CrMo)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 12

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo V Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.05 1.4 0.4 -- -- 0.2 1.2 0.2 0.04 --
max 0.12 1.8 0.8 0.020 0.020 0.4 1.8 0.4 0.13 0.25
typ 0.1 1.6 0.5 0.01 0.01 0.3 1.4 0.3 0.09 0.1

All-weld mechanical MAG MAG


properties Typical values as welded min TIG Ar+5%CO2 Ar+20%CO2
Tensile strength MPa 760 940 835 730
0.2% Proof stress MPa 660 870 740 660
Elongation on 4d % 15 23 21 21
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 120 60 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 300 280 255
* Minimum values for AWS ER110S-G MAG welds are typically obtained with low CO2 content
shielding gases; more oxidising gases give AWS ER100S-G properties, as shown above.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Voltage 120A, 14V 280A, 26V
* Ar + 5%CO2 provides the highest strength and best impact properties, see above. Other proprietary gas
mixtures also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.0 -- 20kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 20kg spool
2.4 5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


50 10 1 0.4 <1.5 1.2 5

Rev 05 03/12 82 DS: A-60 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-61 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
1NiMo.B Website: www.metrode.com

Product description Composition (weld metal wt %)


MMA electrode with low hydrogen basic flux coating on C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
high purity mild steel core wire. Moisture resistant min 0.04 1.0 -- -- -- -- 0.8 0.20 --
coating ensures very low weld metal hydrogen levels. max 0.07 1.4 0.5 0.020 0.025 0.3 1.2 0.50 0.10
typ 0.06 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.01 0.1 1.0 0.4 0.05
Recovery is about 120% with respect to the core wire,
65% with respect to whole electrode. All-weld mechanical properties
PWHT 610-650°C/1-6h min typical
Specifications Tensile strength MPa 620-780* 640-700
AWS A5.5 0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 ** 540-630
E9018-G H4
Elongation on 4d % 17 24-30
BS EN 757 E 55 4 1NiMo B 32 Elongation on 5d % -- 21-26
Approvals TÜV, DNV Reduction of area % -- 70
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 75-110
ASME IX Qualification - 40°C J -- 60
- 60°C J -- 45
QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No 10. Hardness HV -- 220
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.
Materials to be welded ** Meets 550MPa minimum (DIN) according to yield
ASTM A302 grades C &D. point.
A508 class 1, 1A, 2 & 3. Parameters
A533 grades A-D, class 1 & 2.
DC +ve or
AISI 4130 and similar alloys. AC (OCV: 70V min)
BS 1501 grades 271 & 281. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
3604 grades HFS 591 & CFS 591. min A 70 80 100 140
DIN 15NiCuMoNb5 (1.6368). max A 110 140 180 240

Applications Packaging data


ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Designed for welding low alloy steels used for pressure
vessels (often thick wall) and other applications where length mm 350 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.9 13.5 16.8 18.0
high strength must be maintained after extended, or
pieces/carton 546 369 240 171
multiple, PWHT cycles. These steels may also be used at
modest elevated temperature and tests have shown
typically 15% reduction in tensile strength at +300°C Storage
compared to the room temperature values for 1NiMo.B 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
weld metal. with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
It is also used for welding type 4130, and other high hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
strength steels, requiring good sub-zero toughness for For electrodes that have been exposed:
oilfield and well-head equipment. In comparison with Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
the MnMo types (data sheet A-50) 1NiMo.B has improved 350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
resistance to softening at high tempering parameters. cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
Microstructure oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
tempered high strength ferrite. lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
Fume data
Welding guidelines
Fume composition, wt % typical:
Preheat and PWHT requirements dependent on base
material. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 <0.1 <0.2 <0.1 18 5

Rev 02 03/12 83 DS: A-61 (pg 1 of 1)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-70 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
LOW ALLOY Ni-Cu CONSUMABLES Email: info@metrode.com
FOR WEATHERING STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


Low alloy steel with Ni-Cu-Cr additions for welding Preheat according to joint thickness and restraint.
weathering steels. Normally left in the as-welded condition so no
PWHT required.
Materials to be welded
ASTM A588 Grades A, B, C, K.
Additional information
A242 Types 1, 2.
DIN 1.8960, 1.8961, 1.8963. The Chromet 1L electrode (data sheet A-12) may be
BS 4360 Grades WR50A, WR50B, WR50C. preferred for welding vanadium treated Corten B1
Proprietary Corten A, B1 (Corus and US Steel) steel intended for non-critical elevated temperature
applications eg. chimney stacks.
Applications
Mainly used for weathering steels containing a Related alloy groups
similar controlled copper addition and claimed to The 2%Ni consumables (data sheet A-41) provide
offer a three-fold improvement in corrosion comparable weathering resistance and are also
resistance and a more stable patina compared with compatible with the weathering steels.
plain CMn steel.
Applications include architectural structures, Products available
bridges and exhaust gas flues, chimneys.
Process Product Specification
This weld metal also resists preferential corrosion in
MMA 1NiCu.B AWS E8018-W2
seawater, particularly in arctic waters high in oxygen
and salinity, and has applications for welding micro- TIG/MIG/SAW ER80S-W AWS ER80S-G
alloyed and CMn steels in ice-breaker vessels and SAW flux LA436 BS EN SA AB 1
off-shore structures.
Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is
ferritic with a high proportion of acicular ferrite for
optimum toughness.

Rev 04 03/12 84 DS: A-70 (pg 1 of 3)


1NiCu.B MMA electrode for welding Corten type weathering steels
Product description MMA electrode with a basic flux, metal powder type coating on low carbon mild steel core wire. Moisture
resistant coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.5 E8018-W2 H4


BS EN ISO 2560-B E5518-NCC1 A

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 4, QW442 A-No (not allocated)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.04 0.50 0.35 -- -- 0.45 0.40 -- 0.30
max 0.12 1.30 0.80 0.02 0.03 0.70 0.80 -- 0.75
typ 0.06 1 0.6 0.01 0.015 0.6 0.6 0.02 0.5

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550-720 * 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 460 520
Elongation on 4d % 19 25
Elongation on 5d % 17 20
Reduction of area % -- 65
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 150
-20ºC J 27 100
-40ºC J -- 70
-60ºC J -- 40
* Maximum according to DIN 8529 is optional.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.0 15.0 16.5
pieces/carton 420 375 240

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
hydrogen < 5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 250 – 300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 < 10ml/100g, 300-350ºC/1-2h to ensure H2 < 5ml/100g. Maximum
420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or 50-150ºC in heated quivers:: no limit, but
maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
14 5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.1 18 5

Rev 04 03/12 85 DS: A-70 (pg 2 of 3)


ER80S-W Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW of Corten weathering steels
Product description Solid copper coated wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

Specifications AWS A5.28 ER80S-G


BS EN ISO 16834-A (Mn3Ni1Cu)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No Not allocated

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.04 1.0 0.5 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2
max 0.12 1.6 1.0 0.025 0.025 0.4 1.2 0.6
typ 0.09 1.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.8 0.4

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min. Ar-20%CO2


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 610
Yield stress MPa -- 525
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470 500
Elongation on 4d % 24 28
Reduction of Area % -- 62
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 110
- 50ºC J -- 75
Hardness mid/cap HV -- 190/245

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar + 5-20%CO2 LA436
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.5mm
Parameters 120A, 14V 280A,26V 350A, 28V

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW


1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 5kg tube -- --
2.4 5kg tube -- --
2.5 -- -- 25kg coil

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


52 8 0.2 0.5 < 0.5 1.6 5

Rev 04 03/12 86 DS: A-70 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet A-80 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
RAILROD Website: www.metrode.com

Product description Good surface profile underneath the weld root area will
maximise fatigue resistance of the joint. Initial support
MMA electrode for rail welding utilising basic low
for depositing the root can utilise a copper backing plate
hydrogen flux coating with low moisture absorption
or wire-reinforced window glass. Before and during
characteristics. Recovery is about 110% with respect to
welding it is important to use a sufficient preheat-
core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
interpass range, and to retard cooling.
Specifications
Composition (weld metal wt %)
None strictly applicable, nearest AWS E12016-G and
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo
nearest BS EN E69 Z Z B. min 0.06 0.7 0.2 -- -- 2.0 -- --
max 0.12 1.5 0.8 0.020 0.025 2.6 0.5 0.5
ASME IX Qualification typ 0.09 1 0.5 0.008 0.012 2.3 0.2 0.2
QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -.
All-weld mechanical properties
Materials to be welded As welded typical
Rail steels with up to 0.8% carbon and nominal tensile Tensile strength MPa 900
0.2% Proof stress MPa 700
strength of > 700 MPa. Elongation on 4d % 17
Impact energy * + 20°C J 18-48
Applications 0°C J 14-43
This electrode is especially designed for the butt Hardness HV 280
welding of rails with square preparation. It can also be * For comparison, typical thermit rail weld: 8J @ 20°C, 5J @
0°C.
used for welding similar cross-sections such as bars,
thick plates, flanges, etc. The electrode is specially Parameters
designed to enable good fusion to the side walls to take
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
place without excessive slag interference.
Weld metal has good resistance to collapse under
ø mm 3.2 5.0 6.0
compression by rolling loads. min A 100 200 240
Applications include rails for rolling stock and crane max A 160 280 360
rails in dockyards, mines, steelworks and
petrochemical plants. Packaging data
ø mm 3.2 * 5.0 6.0 *
Note that this technique has not been generally accepted length mm 380 450 450
as an alternative to the thermit process for in-situ kg/carton 15.0 17.7 18.3 * supplied to order
welding of passenger track. pieces/carton 447 183 135

Microstructure Storage
Mainly auto-tempered bainitic ferrite. 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton,
with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin will give
Welding guidelines hydrogen <5ml/100g weld metal during 8h working shift.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Preheat typically 200°C for >0.5%C rail steel,
Redry 250-300°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <10ml/100g, 300-
increasing to 300°C for >0.7%C rail steel. It is
350°C/1-2h to ensure H2 <5ml/100g. Maximum 420°C, 3
important to maintain these minimum temperatures cycles, 10h total.
during welding. Maximum suggested interpass Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding
temperature 400oC. Slow cool under insulation after oven or 50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but
welding. maximum 6 weeks recommended. Recommended
This electrode is normally used in the downhand (flat) ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic
position with a slag-over-slag technique. Rail ends are lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
square butt welded by setting 15-20mm apart with a
Fume data
prepared 4-6mm thick steel insert at the weld root, then
copper shims are stacked to form an enclosure for the Fume composition, wt % typical:
weld pool whilst allowing excess slag to run free. Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Pb F OES (mg/m3)
15 5 < 0.2 0.8 < 0.2 < 0.1 18 5

Rev 01 03/12 87 DS: A-80 (pg 1 of 1)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
SECTION B
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com STAINLESS STEELS
Website: www.metrode.com

Martensitic stainless steel consumables


Stainless steels begin with about 12%Cr, leading to a series of plain chromium steels with up to 28%Cr. At
0.1%C the leanest alloy type 410 is just martensitic, but transformation hardening is suppressed by increasing
chromium in types 430 and 446, which are essentially ferritic. Unfortunately, chromium also progressively raises
the ductile-to-brittle transition temperature and restricts mechanical properties. However, this is controlled by
adding some nickel to form the basis of 12-17%Cr martensitics with greatly improved properties, or 20-26%Cr
duplex alloys (eg. data sheets B-60 to B-63).
This section deals with consumables giving compositions and properties close to those of the more common
martensitic stainless base materials. All are low hydrogen types and most have rutile flux coverings for use in
the flat and H-V positions, since welds are more common in plate, forgings and castings than fixed pipework. Post
Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) is mandatory, particularly for tempering the weld and HAZ of martensitic types.
Procedural guidelines are given on relevant data sheets.
Excluding specialised proprietary creep-resistant 'super 12%Cr' martensitic stainless steels, the most common
types can be broadly sub-divided into 3 groups: plain chromium (410, 420), chromium-nickel soft-martensitic
(CA6NM or 410NiMo), and precipitation hardening (FV520, 17-4PH or 630). Raising carbon in 410 makes a
much harder martensitic cutlery or tool steel type 420. Combining 0.15% carbon with 2% nickel turns ferritic 430
into a much stronger and tougher hybrid 431. Replacing carbon with more nickel in alloys of up to 17%Cr gives
tougher and more ductile 'soft' martensitic steels with better weldability. The new supermartensitics are an
improved extension of this group, which are currently welded using superduplex consumables.
Further additions of copper and other alloying enables these standard and proprietary alloys to be precipitation
hardened during heat treatment, making them the strongest of all stainless steels with useful ductility and
toughness. Unfortunately, as alloying is raised for strength or corrosion resistance, the as-cooled weld and HAZ
may not fully transform to martensite without special PWHT. Not far beyond this limit lie austenitic stainless steels
(data sheets B-30 to B-35).
Compared with austenitic stainless steels, procedures for martensitics are complicated by the need for hydrogen
cracking control (particularly in thicker sections), and the need for PWHT which is most inconvenient for
precipitation hardening types. To overcome the need for PWHT of precipitation hardening types, two simplified
alternatives are suggested with some compromise in strength: use a leaner type 410NiMo with single PWHT, or
duplex type (data sheet B-60, B-61 or B-62) and no PWHT. If required, the toughness of matching welds in alloy
410 can be improved with a special 13%Cr-1.5%Ni variant, which might also be considered for alloy 431. Again, a
dissimilar type such as 309L (data sheet B-50) could be used without PWHT under some conditions.
Ferritic stainless steels are also produced with 12%Cr by lowering carbon and adding Al (alloy 405) or Ti (409).
Hybrid utility ferritics with controlled martensite (such as Cromweld 3CR12) have emerged more recently; a
dissimilar type 309L with no PWHT is usual for these. A specialised group of high purity 18-26% Cr+Mo
superferritics are ideally welded with matching TIG filler, but rarely encountered. The remaining heat-resistant
plain 17-28%Cr ferritics are welded with matching consumables and preferably given PWHT. Better as-welded
properties are obtained using a 25%Cr-5%Ni electrode, particularly for the bulk of heavier welds.
The lower strength and non-hardenability of ferritics makes them less prone but not immune to hydrogen cracking.
With increasing chromium, ambient sensitivity to brittle cracking increases at notches or stress concentrations, so
preheat is often advised for alloys with 17%Cr or more. Grain growth in the HAZ is also a limiting feature of
weldment properties particularly ductility and toughness. The possibility of hot cracking in these and martensitic
weld metals is poorly documented and in practice does not occur with the low impurity levels typically present.

Rev 06 03/12 88 DS: B-01 (pg 1 of 6)


Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
13.RMP E410-26 E 13 R
MMA
B-10 410 13.1.BMP (E410-15) DIN: E 13 1 MPB
TIG/MIG 12Cr ER410 13
13.4.Mo.L.R E410NiMo-26 E 13 4 R
MMA
13.4.Mo.L.B E410NiMo-25 E 13 4 B
B-11 410NiMo
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo ER410NiMo 13 4
FCW Supercore 410NiMo E410NiMoT1-1/4 T 13 4 P
FV520-1 -- --
MMA
17.4.Cu.R (E630-16) --
17.4.PH/
B-12 FV520-B -- --
FV520 TIG
17-4PH ER630 --
MCW Metcore FV520 -- --

Standard austenitic stainless steel consumables


The stainless steels in most widespread use are standard austenitic types. They combine general ease of
fabrication with useful properties over a wide range of temperatures. Low carbon and other grades, effectively
immune to HAZ corrosion (once known as weld decay), are produced economically by continuous casting, a
process which relies on a particular solidification mode that also guarantees welds their resistance to hot cracking.
Consumables in this section are intended to match austenitic stainless steels, and some are modified for special
service properties. The majority of electrodes have rutile or acid-rutile flux coverings for ease of use, although
improved basic types are gaining popularity for fixed pipework. Many types have family variants optimised for
particular user requirements: Supermet for downhand and HV welds, Ultramet (rutile) for all-positional welding,
Ultramet P (rutile) and Ultramet B (basic) types for pipewelding, Vertamet for higher speed vertical-down
welding, and Supercore for flux cored wires.
For normal service below about 400°C, it is common to weld low carbon 304L with 308L consumables, and Ti-
stabilised 321 or unstabilised 304 with Nb-stabilised 347, although either is suitable for any combination of these
19%Cr-9%Ni alloys. Similarly, 19%Cr-12%Ni-2.5%Mo type 316L can be used instead of 318 (Nb-stabilised 316)
for 316 and 316Ti as well as parent 316L. Above about 400°C 'H' grades are usual, and these high temperature
weld metals with >0.04% carbon for strength and stability are covered in Section C. For cryogenic service, see
below.
Austenitics are not thermally hardenable and in practice are annealed by quenching. Hydrogen is soluble in
austenite and does not cause weld cracking. Preheat is not needed or desirable except possibly to eliminate
condensation. Interpass and heat input control is usually more important in thinner sections to minimise
distortion, since austenitics have lower thermal conductivity and higher expansion rates than lower alloy steels.
PWHT is rarely applied, although solution treatment may be specified in procedures for upgrading castings.
Two interrelated issues have generated voluminous literature in connection with welding austenitics: ferrite and
hot cracking. Only a summary is possible here. Fully austenitic weld metal is potentially sensitive to solidification
cracking during deposition as well as microfissuring in reheated beads of multipass welds. Its prevention is helped
by low heat input, controlling impurities and silicon content and raising manganese (low silica rutile or basic fluxes
are more suitable than acid rutile types here). However, when composition balance promotes some weld metal
ferrite, and in particular when ferrite is the leading phase formed during solidification, abrupt resistance to cracking
occurs - even in contaminated welds. The benefit of ferrite in weld deposits (typically 3-10FN in standard types)
has been known for decades and is routinely measured and controlled in electrode production. Alternatively, to
predict ferrite from composition, Schaeffler (later Espy), DeLong and latest WRC diagrams progressively
improve in accuracy. However, the deeper significance of a primary ferritic solidification mode is shown in the
Suutala diagram: above a Cr/Ni equivalent ratio of 1.5, few welds crack. The new WRC diagram shows this
boundary. Since the same principle applies to parent material, the likelihood of cracking in autogenous or diluted
welds can be checked - including those in free-machining grades with high sulphur or selenium.

Rev 06 03/12 89 DS: B-01 (pg 2 of 6)


An arbitrary ferrite limit of 8-12FN is common, although ASME III (nuclear code) permits up to 18FN and castings
often exceed it to raise stress-corrosion resistance. However, for service down to –130°C, a maximum of about
8FN is desirable, or less than 5FN at –196C. Fully austenitic welds are therefore toughest, but 308L and 316L
consumables are available with 2-5FN controlled ferrite (suffix CF on data sheets B-37 & B-38) which meet the
usual criterion of >0.38mm (15 mils) Charpy lateral expansion. Ferrite is also limited for two other service
conditions. For high temperature service (300H products in Section C) control of ferrite, carbon and total
alloying minimises formation of brittle intermetallic phases. To resist nitric acid or the Huey test, molybdenum-
bearing weld metal such as 316L must contain no ferrite (suffix NF), because unlike 308L it is preferentially
attacked. Modified fully austenitic 316L (data sheet B-33) is also useful for its cryogenic and non-magnetic
properties.

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
Supermet 308L E308L-17 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet 308L E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet 308LP E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
Ultramet B308L E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
TIG 308S92 ER308L W 19 9 L
B-30 308L
MIG Supermig 308LSi ER308LSi G 19 9 L Si
SAW 308S92 ER308L S 19 9 L
Supercore 308L E308LT0-1/4 T 19 9 L R
FCW Supercore 308LP E308LT1-1/4 T 19 9 L P
Superoot 308L R308LT1-5 TS308L-R I1
Ultramet 347 E347-16 E 19 9 Nb R
MMA
Ultramet B347 E347-15 E 19 9 Nb B
B-31 347
TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 ER347 19 9 Nb
FCW Supercore 347 E347T0-1/4 T 19 9 Nb R
Supermet 316L E316L-17 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet 316L E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet 316LP E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
Ultramet B316L E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92 ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-32 316L
MIG Supermig 316LSi ER316LSi G 19 12 3 L Si
SAW 316S92 ER316L S 19 12 3 L
Supercore 316L E316LT0-1/4 T 19 12 3 L R
FCW Supercore 316LP E316LT1-1/4 T 19 12 3 L P
Superoot 316L R316LT1-5 TS316L-R I1
Ultramet 316NF (E316LMn-16) E 18 15 3 L R
MMA
Ultramet B316NF (E316LMn-15) E 18 15 3 L B
B-33 316NF
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF ER316LMn 20 16 3 Mn L
FCW Supercore 316NF (E316LT0-4) (T 18 16 5 NL R)
MMA Supermet 318 E318-17 E 19 12 3Nb R
B-34 318
TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 ER318 19 12 3 Nb
MMA Ultramet 317L E317L-16 E 19 13 4NL R
B-35 317L TIG/MIG ER317L ER317L 19 13 4 L
FCW Supercore 317LP E317LT1-1/4 T 19 13 4 N L P
Ultramet 308LCF E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
MMA
Ultramet B308LCF E308L-15 E 19 9 L B
B-37 308LCF
TIG/SAW ER308LCF ER308L 19 9 L
FCW Supercore 308LCF E308LT1-1/4J T 19 9 L P
Ultramet 316LCF E316L-16 --
MMA
Ultramet B316LCF E316L-15 --
B-38 316LCF
TIG/SAW ER316LCF ER316L --
FCW Supercore 316LCF E316LT1-1/4J TS316L-FB1

Rev 06 03/12 90 DS: B-01 (pg 3 of 6)


309L and 309Mo consumables for dissimilar welding
There are three basic variants of 23%Cr-12%Ni type 309 consumables: unstabilised, Nb-stabilised and Mo-
bearing. All are typically low carbon (< 0.04%C) with ferrite above 10FN and they are essentially over-alloyed
versions of standard austenitic consumables 308L, 347 and 316L respectively. The original purpose of this over-
alloying was to compensate for the effect of dilution when used as the first buffer layer in welding stainless-clad
mild steel, for which they are still used. Choice of the appropriate variant is logically related to the alloy required
for subsequent and finishing layers.
However, as a consequence of their versatility, types 309L and 309Mo have also become two of the most widely
used consumables for dissimilar metal welds. A 309L type is most appropriate where one side of a joint is a
stainless steel and the other side mild or low alloy steel. The 12%Cr utility ferritics are also usually welded with
this type. Consumables of type 309Mo have considerably greater tolerance to dilution conferred by a higher ferrite
content and for many applications they compete effectively with type 312 (data sheet E-22).
Nb-stabilised type 309Nb should be used more cautiously because the presence of niobium can make this weld
metal more prone to hot cracking than the others if dilution conditions lead to a microstructure without ferrite. As
a result of the embrittlement of ferrite, PWHT is avoided for 309L types unless some reduction of ductility or
toughness is acceptable. In conjunction with higher carbon base materials, PWHT can also intensify carbide
precipitation at the fusion boundary. Again, there are reasons to suspect that the presence of Nb may exaggerate
this effect.
For the above and other reasons, 309L types are not used in weldments for service at temperatures above about
300°C, or lower than about –50°C. In these cases, nickel-base weld metal is used (see data sheets D-10 and D-
11). A specially controlled type (suffix CF) is available to match as closely as possible the heat-resisting parent
alloy type 309 (data sheet C-21). Also see the 308Mo (armour welding), 307 and 312 types in Section E for
general purpose dissimilar welding applications.

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
Supermet 309L E309L-17 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet 309L E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA
Ultramet 309LP E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
Ultramet B309L E309L-15 E 23 12 L B
B-50 309L TIG 309S92 ER309L W 23 12 L
MIG Supermig 309LSi ER309LSi G 23 12 L Si
SAW 309S92 ER309L S 23 12 L
Supercore 309L E309LT0-1/4 T 23 12 L R
FCW
Supercore 309LP E309LT1-1/4 T 23 12 L P
Supermet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
MMA Ultramet B309Mo E309LMo-15 E 23 12 2 L B
Vertamet 309Mo E309LMo-17 E 23 12 2 L R
B-51 309Mo
TIG/MIG/SAW ER309Mo (ER309Mo) 23 12 2 L
Supercore 309Mo E309LMoT0-1/4 T 23 12 2 L R
FCW
Supercore 309MoP E309LMoT1-1/4 T 23 12 2 L P
B-53 309Nb MMA Ultramet 309Nb E309Cb-16 BS: 23.12.Nb.R

Rev 06 03/12 91 DS: B-01 (pg 4 of 6)


Superaustenitic stainless steel consumables
Lean duplex, duplex and superduplex stainless steel consumables

Although duplex and superaustenitic stainless steels are distinct alloy groups, they are both designed to resist
severe corrosion and in some cases compete with each other. The duplex types have considerably higher
strength. All have greatly increased resistance to stress-corrosion compared with the standard austenitics. High
resistance to general corrosion and especially pitting in high chloride media is obtained with increased levels of
chromium, molybdenum and nitrogen.
Duplex types are sub-divided into three groups based on their typical pitting resistance equivalent, PRE (%Cr +
3.3%Mo + 16%N). Standard duplex types with typically 22%Cr have a PRE of around 35 and superduplex
types with typically 25%Cr have a PRE above 40. Parent material composition and processing is designed to give a
microstructure balanced with 50:50 ferrite and austenite. Weld metals have similar composition except that nickel
is increased to control ferrite in the as-welded condition within a desirable range of 25-60% for optimum
mechanical and corrosion properties. Nitrogen additions also play an essential role in promoting austenite re-
formation in weld metal and parent HAZ, as well as raising the pitting resistance.
The third group of duplex alloys, the lean duplex types, have a PRE of about 25 with corrosion performance
comparable to 316L so they are generally not used in highly corrosive environments. The main use has been for
structural applications where the high strength is beneficial. The lean duplex stainless steels are so called because
some of the higher cost alloying, particularly Ni, is reduced to lower the cost. The lean duplex types can be welded
with standard duplex consumables but matching lean duplex consumables are also offered (data sheet B-59).
In welding standard duplex alloys in general fabrication, procedures similar to the standard austenitics are usually
satisfactory. However, these alloys are frequently used for pipework in which root corrosion performance is
critical and this requires more stringent procedural control. Such controls are even more important for the
superduplex alloys. Technical profiles are available which give guidance on these issues.
The superaustenitic stainless steels occupy a region of alloying between the standard austenitics and nickel-base
alloys. (In nickel base alloys, nickel rather than iron forms the major balance of alloying). Since these alloys are
fully austenitic, controlled interpass temperatures and heat input are desirable to minimise any possibility of hot
cracking. Note that although a matching electrode type 20.18.6.Cu.R is available for the most common 6%Mo
superaustenitic type S31254, this is only used when post-weld solution treatment is carried out. Otherwise
S31254, and other superaustenitic alloys, are normally welded with overmatching nickel base types (Section D).

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16 E 20 25 5 CuNL R
B-40 904L MMA Ultramet B904L E385-15 E 20 25 5 CuNL B
TIG/MIG 20.25.4.Cu ER385 20 25 5 CuNL
MMA E320LR-15 E320LR-15 --
B-41 20
TIG/MIG ER320LR ER320LR --
MMA E825L-15 -- DIN: EL-NiCr28Mo
B-42 825
TIG/MIG 82-50 ERNiFeCr-1 BS: NA41
B-45 310L MMA 25.20.LR -- --
B-46 310MoLN MMA Ultramet B310MoLN -- E 25 22 2 N L B
B-47 Matching 6%Mo MMA 20.18.6.Cu.R -- --
MMA Ultramet 2304 -- --
B-59 Lean duplex
FCW Supercore 2304P -- --
Supermet 2205 -- --
Ultramet 2205 E2209-16 E 22 9 3 N L R
MMA
Supermet 2205AR E2209-17 E 22 9 3 L N R
2205XKS E2209-15 E 22 9 3 N L B
B-60 Duplex
TIG/MIG/SAW ER329N ER2209 22 9 3 N L
MCW Supercore M2205 EC2209 T 22 9 3 N L M
Supercore 2205 E2209T0-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L R
FCW
Supercore 2205P E2209T1-1/4 T 22 9 3 N L P

Rev 06 03/12 92 DS: B-01 (pg 5 of 6)


Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
MMA Zeron® 100XKS E2595-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
Zeron® 100
B-61 TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron® 100X ER2594 25 9 4 N L
superduplex
FCW Supercore Z100XP E2594T1-4 TS 2594-F M21 1
2507XKS E2594-15 E 25 9 4 N L B
MMA
2507 Ultramet 2507 E2594-16 E 25 9 4 N L R
B-62
superduplex Supercore 2507 E2594T0-4 T 25 9 4 N L R M21 3
FCW
Supercore 2507P E2594T1-4 T 25 9 4 N L P M21 2
MMA Supermet 2506Cu E2553-16 E 25 9 4 CuNL R
B-63 2553
FCW Supercore 2507Cu -- --
Matching Supermet 2506 -- BS: 25.6.2.R
-- MMA
composition Supermet 2507Cu -- --

Nuclear applications
The final group of consumables in this section are intended for nuclear power applications. There are two types
firstly those with an (N) suffix designed to meet the requirements of the French RCC-M Nuclear Construction Code
(data sheets B-80 & B-81). The second group are the Nitric Acid Grade (NAG) 308L consumables designed for
spent nuclear fuel reprocessing applications (data sheet B-88)

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
MMA Ultramet 308L(N) E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-80 308L(N)
TIG 308S92(N) ER308L W 19 9 L
Ultramet 316L(N) E316L-16 E 19 12 3 L R
MMA
B-81 316L(N) Ultramet B316L(N) E316L-15 E 19 12 3 L B
TIG 316S92(N) ER316L W 19 12 3 L
B-83 309L(N) MMA Ultramet 309L(N) E309L-16 E 23 12 L R
MMA NAG 19.9.L.R E308L-16 E 19 9 L R
B-88 NAG
TIG NAG 19.9.L ER308L W 19 9 L

Strip for electroslag strip cladding


The electroslag (ESW) strip cladding process is widely used to produce corrosion resistant overlays on vessels in
the petrochemical, refinery and chemical industries. EQ309L is used as a buffer layer while the EQ308L, EQ347
and EQ316L are used for the second layer to provide the appropriate corrosion resistance depending on the
specific application. The EQ308L-OA and EQ316L-OA strips are overalloyed (OA) and designed to provide 308L
and 316L compositions in a single layer.

Data Specifications
Alloy Process Product
Sheet AWS EN / EN ISO
EQ308L EQ308L B 19 9 L
EQ308L-OA (EQ309L) (B 23 12 L)
EQ347 EQ347 B 19 9 Nb
B-85 Strip ESW
EQ316L EQ316L B 19 12 3 L
EQ316L-OA (EQ309LMo) (B 23 12 2 L)
EQ309L EQ309L B 23 12 L

Rev 06 03/12 93 DS: B-01 (pg 6 of 6)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-10 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
12%Cr MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Typical applications include hydrocrackers,


reaction vessels, distillation plants and associated
12%Cr (410) martensitic stainless steel; the
pipework in refineries; furnace parts, linings;
13.1.BMP electrode also has 1.5%Ni.
surfacing run-out rolls in steel mills; cast valve
Materials to be welded bodies, turbine parts and burner nozzles.
wrought cast Microstructure
ASTM 410, 403 A487 grade CA15 In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
UNS S41000, S40300 tempered martensite with some retained ferrite.
DIN 1.4006 (X10Cr13) 1.4006 (G-X10Cr13)
1.4000, 1.4024 Welding guidelines
BS 410S21 (En56A) 410C21 Preheat of 150-250C is required for heavier
403S17 sections. Following welding, components should be
cooled to room temperature before PWHT. Weld
The 13.1.BMP with 1.5%Ni is also suitable for
metal and HAZ's have poor ductility and toughness
ASTM A487 CA15M and DIN 1.4008 (G-
in the as-welded condition, careful handling is
X8CrNi13).
recommended prior to PWHT to minimise physical
Applications shock.
These consumables are designed for welding wrought PWHT
or cast martensitic 12%Cr (type 410) stainless steel.
Plain 410 - A typical industrial PWHT following
Fabrication welds of matching composition such as
welding for plain 410, consists of slowly cooling to
this must be tempered by appropriate PWHT, owing
room temperature to allow full transformation to take
to high hardness (~450HV) and low ductility in the
place (range is Ms-350ºC Mf-100ºC), then temper at
as-welded condition. Conventional 410 has variable
680-760ºC followed by air cool. To ensure <22HRC
toughness but following PWHT the 13.1.BMP
(NACE) in the weld area, PWHT at 745ºC is
electrode with 1.5%Ni has good impact properties
preferred.
down to –10°C or lower depending on the heat
treatment schedule. 13.1.BMP – The optimum properties are obtained
after PWHT at around 700°C, close to the Ac1
Plain 12%Cr steels are the most simple and economic
temperature for this weld metal, which (due to the
alloys with stainless properties. Variants with Ti
added nickel) has a lower Ac1 than plain 410. If
(409), Al (405) or low carbon (410S) are more or less
needed PWHT time can be extended but higher
fully ferritic with typically lower strength than type
temperatures may cause re-hardening with fresh
410. These types, and the newer "utility ferritics", are
martensite formation on cool-out. Superior toughness
normally welded without PWHT using 309/309L
can be achieved with a double temper (cool to
consumables (data sheet B-50). The same applies to
ambient between cycles) and this is recommended to
type 410 when PWHT is not practicable.
conform to NACE, 22HRC maximum.
Type 410 contains just sufficient carbon to enable
Products available
air-hardening transformation to a predominantly
martensitic microstructure. Structural properties Process Product Specification
below ambient are limited by its relatively high MMA 13.RMP AWS E410-26
ductile-brittle transition temperature (particularly
weldments), and up to about 550ºC by its modest 13.1.BMP DIN E 13 1 MPB
creep resistance. It has useful resistance to general TIG/MIG 12Cr AWS ER410
corrosion in non-aggressive media, sulphide-induced
SCC in sour crude oil service, and oxidation up to
about 800ºC.

Rev 08 03/12 94 DS: B-10 (pg 1 of 4)


General data for all 410 MMA electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60%
RH, > 18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
20 2 <0.5 3 <0.2 <0.1 <0.1 18 1.7

13.RMP 13%Cr MMA electrode


Product description Rutile metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving
very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E410-26


BS EN 1600 E 13 R 52

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 -- -- --
max 0.08 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 13.5 0.60 0.5 0.50
typ 0.06 0.5 0.30 0.010 0.015 11.5 0.4 0.2 0.05

All-weld mechanical After PWHT 850C/2h (1) 745C/1h (2)


properties min typical min typical
Tensile strength MPa 480 520 520 700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 250 270 -- 610
Elongation on 4d % -- 36 20 21
Elongation on 5d % 20 34 -- 18
Reduction of area % -- 52 -- 59
(1) BS & BS EN PWHT: 840-870ºC for 2 hours, furnace cool to 595ºC at 55ºC/h. max. Air cool to
ambient. This gives a relatively low strength condition.
(2) AWS PWHT: 730-760ºC for 1 hour, furnace cool to 315ºC at 60ºC/h max., air cool to ambient. This
gives a higher strength tempered condition more representative of normal fabrication welds.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 380 450
kg/carton 12.6 14.1 14.1 16.8
pieces/carton 609 378 219 150

Rev 08 03/12 95 DS: B-10 (pg 2 of 4)


13.1.BMP 13%Cr-1.5%Ni MMA electrode
Product description Basic low hydrogen metal powder MMA electrode made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant
coating giving very low weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for
positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 (E410-15)


Nearest classifications
BS EN 1600 (E 13 B 52)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu
(weld metal wt %) min 0.02 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 1.0 0.15 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.50 0.025 0.030 14.0 2.0 0.50 0.5
typ 0.04 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.02 13 1.5 0.3 0.05
* Molybdenum is controlled to satisfy minimum requirements for ASTM A487 CA15M castings (0.15-
1.0% Mo).

All-weld mechanical Typical after PWHT min * 790C/5h + 680C/2h +


properties 700°C/5h 620°C/2h
Tensile strength MPa 620 655 760
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 455 685
Elongation on 4d % 18 26 20
Elongation on 5d % 15 23 17
Reduction of area % -- 70 67
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 105 --
- 10°C J -- 90 60
Hardness HRC <22 ** 18 19
* Tensile properties based on ASTM CA15 and CA15M castings. Specifications for wrought grades
vary in tensile strength 415-700MPa.
** For conformance to NACE a double temper is mandatory.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 80 100 140
max A 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0 5.0 *


length mm 380 450 450
kg/carton 13.5 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 375 225 144
* 5mm made to order.

Rev 08 03/12 96 DS: B-10 (pg 3 of 4)


12Cr 12%Cr solid wire for TIG & MIG welding of 410 stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG & MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER410


BS EN ISO 14343-A 13
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS410

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C* Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min 0.06 -- 0.25 -- -- 12.0 -- -- --
max 0.12 0.6 0.50 0.02 0.03 13.5 0.3 0.3 0.3
typ 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.01 0.02 12.5 0.2 0.03 0.2
* BS 2901: Pt2 requires 0.09-0.15%C.

All-weld mechanical MAG: Ar+20%CO2


properties Typical values after PWHT 740°C/1h (AWS) 740°C/3h
Tensile strength MPa 695 675
0.2% Proof stress MPa 530 510
Elongation on 4d % 22 20
Elongation on 5d % 19 18
Reduction of area % 50 50
Impact energy + 20°C J <20 20
Hardness cap/mid HV 225/230 215/220
HRC -- 18/21

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Ar / 1-3%O2 or
Shielding Argon * Ar / 3-20%CO2
**
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 220A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Most economic gas is Ar-20%CO2. This gas provides the highest resistance to weld metal porosity and
carbon content typically not exceeding 0.12%.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube 15kg spool
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Cu OES (mg/m3)
55 4 8 <0.1 <0.5 5

Rev 08 03/12 97 DS: B-10 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-11 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
410NiMo MARTENSITIC STAINLESS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


12%Cr-4.5%Ni-0.5%Mo (410NiMo) soft martensitic Preheat-interpass range of 100-200°C is
alloy. recommended to allow martensite transformation
during welding. Cool to room temperature before
Materials to be welded
PWHT.
wrought cast PWHT
ASTM F6NM CA6NM For maximum resistance to sulphide-induced SCC in
UNS S41500 sour oil conditions NACE MR0175 specifies a
BS EN / DIN 1.4313 G-X5CrNi 13 4 hardness of <23HRc. This is often difficult to achieve
BS -- 425C11 because weld metal and HAZ are very resistant to
AFNOR -- Z6 CND 1304-M softening by PWHT. A double temper for 5-10h is
Applications necessary. Common practice is 675ºC/10h +
605ºC/10h with intermediate air cool to ambient.
High strength (>760MPa) martensitic stainless steel Recent work indicates 650ºC + 620ºC is optimum,
with better resistance to corrosion, hydro-cavitation, and that intermediate air cooling to ambient or lower
sulphide-induced SCC, and good sub-zero toughness is essential. Another authority suggests raising the
when compared with plain 12%Cr steels (e.g. type first PWHT cycle for full austenitisation anneal at
410/CA15). 770ºC/2h prior to final temper. Control of distortion
Weld metal of this type greatly overmatches the may be more critical in this case. In the case of the
strength of equivalent parent material and is Supercore 410NiMo flux cored wire it has not been
remarkably resistant to softening during PWHT. possible to reduce the hardness to 23HRC
These properties can be exploited for welding irrespective of the PWHT carried out.
martensitic precipitation-hardening alloys if If 410NiMo consumables are considered for welding
corrosion conditions are compatible with lower alloy plain 12Cr martensitic stainless steels such as type
weld metal, with the advantage of a single PWHT at 410 or CA15, the PWHT should not exceed about
450-620ºC for tempering. The 410NiMo 650ºC unless a second temper at 590-620ºC is
consumables are also used for overlaying mild and applied.
CMn steels.
Products available
13%Cr-4%Ni alloys are used in cast or forged form
for hydraulic turbines, valve bodies, pump bowls, Process Product Specification
compressor cones, impellers and high pressure MMA 13.4.Mo.L.R AWS E410NiMo-26
pipes in power generation, offshore oil, chemical
13.4.Mo.L.B AWS E410NiMo-25
and petrochemical industries.
TIG/MIG ER410NiMo AWS ER410NiMo
Microstructure
FCW Supercore 410NiMo AWS E410NiMoT1-1/4
In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of
tempered martensite with some retained austenite.

Rev 09 03/12 98 DS: B-11 (pg 1 of 5)


13.4.Mo.L.R Rutile MMA electrode for 410NiMo
Product description Rutile metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E410NiMo-26


BS EN 1600 E 13 4 R 52

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
typ 0.03 0.8 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05

All-weld mechanical Typical properties min PWHT (1) As-welded (2)


properties Tensile strength MPa 760 940 1000
0.2% Proof stress MPa 500 695 780
Elongation on 4d % 15 17 4.5
Elongation on 5d % 15 16 3
Reduction of area % -- 45 10
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 27
- 40ºC J -- 35 13
- 60ºC J -- 30 8
Hardness HV -- 270-300 350
(1) AWS & BS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.
(2) This weld metal is not usually recommended for use in the as-welded condition, except for surfacing
applications where a hardness of 330-400HV is useful.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 15.0 18.0 16.8
pieces/carton 570 363 240 171

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 18 1.7

Rev 09 03/12 99 DS: B-11 (pg 2 of 5)


13.4.Mo.L.B Basic MMA electrode for 410NiMo
Product description Basic metal powder type made on pure low carbon core wire. Moisture resistant coating giving very low weld
metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E410NiMo-25


BS EN 1600 E 13 4 B 62

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 1, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.40 --
max 0.06 1.0 0.90 0.025 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.70 0.50
typ 0.03 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 12 4.5 0.6 0.05

All-weld mechanical Typical properties min PWHT (1)


properties Tensile strength MPa 760 900
0.2% Proof stress MPa 500 650
Elongation on 4d % 15 17
Elongation on 5d % 15 16
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 50
(1) AWS PWHT: 595-620ºC for 1 hour, air cooled. See front page for details on PWHT.

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 70 80 100 140
max A 110 140 180 240

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 350 380 450 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 16.5 17.1
pieces/carton 570 375 225 156

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420°C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
18 2 0.5 3 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 28 1.7

Rev 09 03/12 100 DS: B-11 (pg 3 of 5)


ER410NiMo Solid wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.9 (ER410NiMo) Does not always strictly conform see composition.
BS EN ISO 14343-A 13 4
BS EN ISO 14343-B (SS410NiMo)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn * Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min -- 0.4 -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 --
max 0.05 1.0 0.60 0.02 0.03 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3
typ 0.02 0.8 0.4 0.005 0.015 12.3 4.5 0.5 0.1
* AWS requires 0.6%Mn max and 0.50%Si max.

All-weld mechanical Typical values after PWHT 610ºC/1h: TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 890
0.2% Proof stress MPa 850
Elongation on 4d % 23
Elongation on 5d % 20
Impact energy 0°C J 90
-50ºC J 60
Hardness cap/mid HRC 25-30
HV 300

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Ar with 1-2%O2
Shielding Argon *
or 1-5%CO2 **
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 220A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary gas mixtures with <5%CO2 are also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 To order --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


54 5 8 3.2 <0.5 <0.5 5

Rev 09 03/12 101 DS: B-11 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE 410NiMo Flux cored wire for welding 410NiMo martensitic stainless steel
Product description All-positional rutile flux cored wire made on a high purity stainless steel strip

Metal recovery about 90% with respect to wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 E410NiMoT1-1/4


BS EN ISO 17633-A T 13 4 P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS410NiMo-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Co
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 11.0 4.0 0.4 -- --
max 0.06 1.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 12.5 5.0 0.7 0.3 0.05
Typ 0.03 0.7 0.4 0.005 0.017 11.8 4.5 0.5 0.03 0.03

All-weld mechanical Typical values: Min 610ºC/1h 610ºC/10h 650ºC/10h


+620ºC/10h
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 940 870 --
0.2% Proof stress MPa 500 850 700 --
Elongation on 4d % 15 20 23 --
Elongation on 5d % 15 17 19 --
Reduction of area % -- 50 55 --
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45 50 50
- 40°C J -- 30 40 35
Hardness HV -- 330 310 310
HRC -- 31 27 28
AWS PWHT = 593-621°C/1 hour. BS EN PWHT = 580-620°C/2 hours.

Operating parameters Shielding gas Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min.


Current DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 1-3V):

ø mm range typical stickout


1.2 150-280A, 25-32V 180A, 29V 15-25mm
1.6 200-350A, 26-34V 260A, 30V 15-25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent any
possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %):

Fe Mn CrVI Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


18 3 2.5 1 0.2 <0.5 2

Rev 09 03/12 102 DS: B-11 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-12 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
MARTENSITIC PRECIPITATION Email: info@metrode.com
HARDENING STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


High strength martensitic precipitation hardening Preheat not usually necessary for thickness up to 15mm,
stainless steels. for thicker restrained sections, a preheat-interpass
temperature range of 100-200C is recommended.
Materials to be welded
Temperatures above 200C will suppress martensite
FV520 Types: transformation with consequent microstructural
ASTM A564, A693, A705; Grade XM-25 coarsening.
UNS S45000 PWHT
BS 3146 Grade ANC 20.
‘S’ grades; 2S.143; 3S.144; 3S.145 When matching composition consumables are used for
Proprietary FV520B (Firth Vickers) welding these materials a PWHT must be carried out.
Custom 450 (Carpenter) Normal practice is for the materials to be used in the
over-aged condition. PWHT for over-ageing consists
630 / 17.4.PH Types: of: 750C for 2 hours, air cool to 15C; followed by
ASTM A564; Grade 630 550C for 2 hours and air cool.
A747; CB7Cu-1 (cast) Additional information
UNS S17400
BS EN 10088-2; X5CrNiCuNb 16-4 (1.4542) On cooling the weld metal transforms from austenite to
DIN 1.4548, 1.4549 martensite (Ms) below about 250C, but a significant
Proprietary 17-4PH (Armco Steel) fraction of austenite is still retained at ambient
Custom 630 (Carpenter) temperature. Since sub-zero cooling is impractical, this
austenite is destabilised by annealing at 750-850C.
Applications Carbide precipitation in the austenite raises its Ms
temperature to enable complete transformation when
Used for welding very high strength martensitic
cooled, ensuring more effective tempering and ageing
stainless steels, precipitation hardened by additions of
during the second PWHT cycle. Omission of the
copper. Strength can be up to three times that of
inconvenient first PWHT cycle may give properties
standard 300 series austenitic stainless steels.
with greater batch variability. The use of 410NiMo (B-
11) allows a simplified PWHT to be used, and when
The FV520/450 type alloys have corrosion resistance
PWHT is not possible 2205 duplex (B-60) or
comparable to 304 stainless steel. The 630/17-4PH
superduplex (B-61 & B-62) consumables may allow
types, with no Mo and higher carbon, do not have such
PWHT to be avoided without compromising
good resistance to intergranular and pitting corrosion as
mechanical properties too much.
the FV520/450 types.
Products available
Applications include pump shafts, impellers,
hydraulic equipment used in oil and gas industries, Process Product Specification
petrochemical, marine and nuclear engineering.
MMA FV520-1 --
Microstructure 17.4.Cu.R (AWS E630-16)

In the PWHT condition the microstructure consists of TIG FV520B --


precipitation hardened tempered martensite with some 17-4PH AWS ER630
retained austenite. MCW --
Metcore FV520

Rev 08 06/13 103 DS: B-12 (pg 1 of 4)


General Data for all MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 300 – 350°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 420° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
15 3 0.5 4 0.8 0.2 <0.1 18 1.2

FV520-1 MMA electrode for FV520 base material


Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.4 0.2 -- -- 13.0 4.5 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.05 1.0 0.5 0.030 0.030 15.5 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.03 0.6 0.3 0.010 0.015 14 5 1.5 1.6 0.3

All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Aged * Over-aged **


properties Tensile strength MPa 1230 980
0.2% Proof stress MPa 1110 890
Elongation on 4d % -- 16
Elongation on 5d % 10 15
Reduction of area % 30 37
Hardness HV 420 345
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 14.4 17.1
pieces/carton 630 345 240

Rev 08 06/13 104 DS: B-12 (pg 2 of 4)


17.4.Cu.R MMA electrode for 17-4PH base material
Product description Rutile metal powder coating on pure low carbon steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives very low
weld metal hydrogen levels. Diameters above 3.2mm are not recommended for positional welding.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode but it is similar to AWS A5.4 E630-26.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 14.0 3.5 -- 1.5
max 0.10 1.0 0.8 0.030 0.030 16.5 4.5 0.5 2.5
typ 0.02 0.7 0.25 0.01 0.01 15 4 0.2 2

All-weld mechanical Typical properties PWHT Over-aged *


properties Tensile strength MPa 1035
0.2% Proof stress MPa 635
Elongation on 4d % 10
Elongation on 5d % 9
Reduction of area % 24
Hardness HV 330
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 70 80 100
max A 110 140 180

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 380 450
kg/carton 12.3 15.0 18.6
pieces/carton 528 345 246

FV520B Solid TIG wire for welding FV520 stainless steel


Product description Solid wire for TIG.

Specifications There are no national specifications for this wire.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
(wire wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 13.2 5.0 1.2 1.2 0.15
max 0.07 1.0 0.5 0.03 0.03 14.7 6.0 2.0 2.0 0.5
typ 0.05 0.7 0.3 0.01 0.02 14 5.5 1.6 1.7 0.3

All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Aged * Over-aged ** Over-aged *** single cycle
550°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 1345 1100 1025 1200
0.2% Proof stress MPa 1240 1050 760 1000
Elongation on 4d % 5 19 22 19
Elongation on 5d % 5 16 21 16
Reduction of area % 15 50 60 50
Impact energy + 20°C J 7 60 125 125
- 20°C J -- 20 85 75
Hardness mid HV 450 380 315 400
* 850C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 450C/4 hours, air cool. Not recommended for structural work.
** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 550C/2 hours, air cool. More commonly applied PWHT.
*** 750C/2 hours, air cool to 20C + 620C/2 hours, air cool.

Rev 08 06/13 105 DS: B-12 (pg 3 of 4)


FV520B (continued)
Typical operating TIG
parameters Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 120A, 14V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

Packaging data ø mm TIG


1.6 5kg tube
2.4 5kg tube

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
52 4 11 4 <0.5 2.7 4.5

17-4PH Solid TIG wire for welding 17-4PH stainless steel


Product description Solid wire for TIG welding.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER630

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb
(wire wt %) min -- 0.25 -- -- -- 16.00 4.5 -- 3.25 0.15
max 0.05 0.75 0.75 0.03 0.03 16.75 5.0 0.75 4.00 0.30
typ 0.03 0.6 0.4 0.005 0.02 16.3 4.8 0.2 3.5 0.2

All-weld mechanical Typical PWHT Over-aged *


properties Tensile strength MPa 930
0.2% Proof stress MPa 740
Elongation % 10
* 750C/2 hours, air cool to 15C + 550C/2 hours, air cool; or 1040C, air cool + 620C/4 hours.

Typical operating TIG


parameters Shielding Argon *
Current DC-
Diameter 2.4mm
Parameters 120A, 14V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.

Packaging data ø mm TIG


1.6 2.5kg tube
2.4 2.5kg tube

Fume data Fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


50 4 13 3.5 <0.5 5.5 3.6

Rev 08 06/13 106 DS: B-12 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-30 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
308L STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


308L austenitic stainless steels for joining 304L base No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
materials. no PWHT required.

Materials to be welded Additional information

ASTM BS EN & DIN


There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
welding with 308S92. There is also additional
304L 1.4306 information available covering the Supercore flux
304 1.4301 cored wires.
304LN 1.4311
CF3 1.4308 Related alloy groups
CF8 1.4541
321 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550 308L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-37.
347
Stainless steel consumables for high temperature
BS UNS applications on 304H can be found in data sheets C-
304S11 S30403 10 or C-12.
304S15/16/31 S30400
304S61 S30453 Products available
304C12 S32100 Process Product Specification
304C15 S34700
MMA Supermet 308L AWS E308L-17
321S31
347S31 Ultramet 308L AWS E308L-16
Ultramet B308L AWS E308L-15
Applications
Ultramet 308LP AWS E308L-16
Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels including 301, 302,
303, nitrogen bearing 304LN and titanium stabilised TIG 308S92 AWS ER308L
321. Service temperatures are typically –100°C to MIG Supermig 308LSi AWS ER308LSi
about 400°C. SAW 308S92 AWS ER308L
Applications include food, brewery, SS300 BS EN SA AF2
pharmaceutical equipment, architectural and SSB BS EN SA AF2
general fabrication, and nuclear engineering.
L2N BS EN SF CS 2
The 308L consumables covered here are not suitable AWS E308LT0-1/4
FCW Supercore 308L
for 304/304H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12. For Supercore 308LP AWS E308LT1-1/4
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-37. Superoot 308L AWS R308LT1-5

Microstructure
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
in the range 3-10FN depending on the application.

Rev 13 03/12 107 DS: B-30 (pg 1 of 7)


General Data for all 308L MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308L but this does not affect the OES.

SUPERMET 308L General purpose rutile 308L MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon
level. 'Low hydrogen' manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. 'Supermet
Technology' gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum
cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld
metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-17
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 LR 32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19.5 10 0.10 0.05 6
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 590
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 450
Elongation on 4d % 35 45
Elongation on 5d % 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 80

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 12.0 16.5 16.5
pieces/carton 1350 846 609 333 243 156

Rev 13 03/12 108 DS: B-30 (pg 2 of 7)


ULTRAMET 308L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 304L
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high
cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including
fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2
Approvals TÜV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.1 0.1 6

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 590 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 450 290
Elongation on 4d % 35 45 50
Elongation on 5d % 30 42 48
Reduction of area % -- 50 64
Impact energy -100°C J -- 35 --
-196°C J -- * -- > 60
* See Ultramet 308LCF (data sheet B-37) for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.8
pieces/carton 618 396 261 159

ULTRAMET B308L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L


Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions
it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-15
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 10
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 19 10 0.1 <0.1 6

Rev 13 03/12 109 DS: B-30 (pg 3 of 7)


ULTRAMET B308L (continued)
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 440
Elongation on 4d % 35 44
Elongation on 5d % 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 681 396 261

ULTRAMET 308LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet
308LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including
ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 308LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without
the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 11
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.1 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 10 0.01 0.1 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 580
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 460
Elongation on 4d % 35 37
Elongation on 5d % 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 35
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2


min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120
Packaging data ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.0 14.1
pieces/carton 1086 702 447

Rev 13 03/12 110 DS: B-30 (pg 4 of 7)


308S92 and SUPERMIG 308LSi 308L solid wire
Product description Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications 308S92 (TIG & Sub-arc) Supermig 308LSi (MIG)
AWS A5.9 ER308L ER308L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L G 19 9 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L SS308L Si

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 10
* Supermig 308LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.
All-weld mechanical As welded typical
properties TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength MPa 605 570 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 465 435 450
Elongation on 4d % 35 42 41
Elongation on 5d % 33 40 37
Impact energy -130°C J 110 70 50
-196°C * J 80 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/220 200/220 195/215
* For applications requiring cryogenic toughness see data sheet B-37.

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.
Packaging data TIG MIG SAW
ø mm 308S92 Supermig 308LSi 308S92
0.8 -- 15kg reel --
1.0 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.2 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
4.0 -- -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

Rev 13 03/12 111 DS: B-30 (pg 5 of 7)


SUPERCORE 308L, 308LP Rutile flux cored wires
Product description Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 308L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for
downhand and HV welding. Supercore 308LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed
pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 308L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 308LP is used.

Specifications & Supercore 308L Supercore 308LP


Approvals AWS A5.22 E308LT0-1/4 E308LT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L R C/M 3 T 19 9 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB0 TS308L-FB1
Approvals TÜV TÜV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.5 11.0 0.3 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.02 0.02 19.5 10 0.1 0.1 8

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 560
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 400
Elongation on 4d % 30 43
Elongation on 5d % 30 42
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 80
-110°C J -- 40
Hardness HV -- 200

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1

Rev 13 03/12 112 DS: B-30 (pg 6 of 7)


SUPEROOT 308L Flux cored TIG wire for root welds without back purge
Product description Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 308L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in
a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 308L is designed specifically for situations
where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or where there is an economic benefit in
eliminating back-purge.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 R308LT1-5


BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-RI1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 1.2 0.03 0.04 21.0 11.0 0.5 0.5
typ 0.02 1.7 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.6 10.3 0.1 0.05
Typically 8FN.

All-weld mechanical As welded typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450
Elongation on 4d % 47
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent
filler.

Typical operating TIG


parameters Shielding Argon*
Current DC-
Diameter 2.2mm
Voltage 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 308L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are
available on request.

Packaging data ø mm TIG


2.2 1kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
32 12 8 16 <0.5 < 0.5 -- 3.1

Rev 13 03/12 113 DS: B-30 (pg 7 of 7)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-31 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
347 STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


347 austenitic stainless steel for joining 321 and 347 Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
base materials. in the range 3-12FN.

Materials to be welded Welding guidelines


ASTM-ASME BS EN & DIN No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C;
321 1.4541 no PWHT required.
347 1.4543/1.4561/1.4550
CF8C (cast) 1.4552 (cast)
Additional information
BS UNS There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
321S31 S32100 welding with 347S96. There is also additional
347S31 S34700 information available covering the Supercore flux
347C17 (cast) cored wires.

Applications Related alloy groups


Used to weld titanium and niobium stabilised 18/8 The 308L consumables cover many of the same base
stainless steel types 321 and 347. Also suitable for materials and applications (B-30). For elevated
unstabilised grades such as 304/304L. Service temperature applications 347H consumables should
temperatures are typically -100C to about 400C. be used (C-11).

Applications are similar to 308L (B-30) and include


food, brewery, pharmaceutical equipment, Products available
architectural and general fabrication, and nuclear Process Product Specification
engineering.
MMA Ultramet 347 AWS E347-16
The 347 consumables covered here are generally not Ultramet B347 AWS E347-15
suitable for service in elevated temperature structural TIG/MIG/SAW 347S96 AWS ER347
applications where 0.04-0.08% carbon is specified SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
for creep resistance, see data sheets C-11 and C-12.
SSB BS EN SA AF2
For cryogenic applications requiring >0.38mm FCW Supercore 347 AWS E347T0-1/4
(15mils) charpy lateral expansion at –196C, use
unstabilised weld metal with low carbon and
controlled ferrite (B-30).

Rev 08 03/12 114 DS: B-31 (pg 1 of 4)


General Data for all 347 MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 0.8 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B347 but this does not affect the OES.

ULTRAMET 347 All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 321/347


Product description MMA rutile flux coated 347 electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet 347 has all the benefits of an
advanced rutile flux design, including all-positional fixed pipework welding with the 2.5/3.2mm diameter
electrodes.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E347-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb R32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.04 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.02 0.7 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.4 0.07 6

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 37
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 70
-196°C J -- 20
-196°C J -- 53 (1050°C + WQ)

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 660 399 261 159

Rev 08 03/12 115 DS: B-31 (pg 2 of 4)


ULTRAMET B347 Basic pipe-welding electrode for 321/347
Product description MMA electrode with basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Designed to give good
moisture resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity. The electrode is particularly suited to positional
welding of fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G/6G position and is tolerant to adverse wind and draughts
under site conditions. Compared with rutile types, the basic flux gives a more convex fillet bead profile and
although the slag does not self-lift, it is easily removed and gives welds of exceptional appearance and quality.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E347-15


BS EN 1600 E 19 9 Nb B 42
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.06 2.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 1.00 0.50 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 9.5 0.05 0.5 0.07 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 37
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact energy - 50°C J -- 90
Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0* 5.0
length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5/17.4 17.4
pieces/carton 669 396 258/267 162
* 350mm is the standard length, 450mm is available to order.

347S96 Solid welding wire for TIG, MIG & SAW of 321/347
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER347
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 Nb
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS347
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 9.0 -- 10xC -- 4
max 0.08 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ < 0.04 1.5 0.4 0.005 0.02 19.5 9.7 0.2 0.6 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG
properties Tensile strength MPa 660
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450
Elongation on 4d % 42
Elongation on 5d % 40
Impact energy - 50°C J 150
- 196°C J 35
Hardness cap/mid HV 220/240

Rev 08 03/12 116 DS: B-31 (pg 3 of 4)


347S96 (continued)
Typical operating TIG MIG SAW
parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 or SSB flux
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
2.0 To order -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 <0.5 <0.5 3.1

SUPERCORE 347 Downhand rutile flux cored wire for 321/347


Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 347 combines
easy operability, high deposit quality and good weld bead appearance for downhand and HV welding. Metal
recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 E347T0-1/4


BS EN ISO 17633-A T19 9 Nb R C/M 3
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS347-FB0
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- 8xC -- 4
max 0.08 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.2 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 10.5 0.1 0.5 0.1 8
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 550 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 435
Elongation on 4d % 30 47
Elongation on 5d % 25 42
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 90
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
85% argon. The wire is suitable for use on CO2 but with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased
spatter.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by 2-3V):
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120-280A, 22-34V 180A, 29V 15-20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
17 11 2 4 5 <1 5 1

Rev 08 03/12 117 DS: B-31 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-32 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
316L STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Additional information


316L Mo bearing austenitic stainless. There are Technical Profiles available on Superoot
316L and sub-arc welding with 316S92. There is
Materials to be welded also additional information available covering the
Supercore flux cored wires.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
316L 1.4404/1.4401 Related alloy groups
316 1.4436 316L stainless steel consumables for LNG, and other
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 cryogenic applications, are in data sheet B-38.
CF3M 1.4408 Stainless steel consumables for high temperature
CF8M 1.4437 applications on 316H can be found in data sheets C-
12 or C-13.
BS UNS
316S11/13 S 31603 Products available
316S16/31/33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 Process Product Specification
316C12/16/71 MMA Supermet 316L AWS E316L-17
Ultramet 316L AWS E316L-16
Applications
Ultramet B316L AWS E316L-15
These consumables are used for Mo bearing
Ultramet 316LP AWS E316L-16
austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. They
are also suitable for Ti or Nb stabilised and nitrogen- TIG 316S92 AWS ER316L
bearing or free machining versions of the above MIG Supermig 316LSi AWS ER316LSi
alloys. Type 316/316L steels are widely used for SAW 316S92 AWS ER316L
their good resistance to pitting, many acids and
general corrosion. SS300 BS EN SA AF2
SSB BS EN SA AF2
The 316L consumables covered here are not suitable LA491 BS EN SA FB255
for 316/316H in elevated temperature structural BS EN SF CS 2
L2N
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13. For
cryogenic applications (–196°C) see data sheet B-38. FCW Supercore 316L AWS E316LT0-1/4
Supercore 316LP AWS E316LT1-1/4
Microstructure Superoot 316L AWS R316LT1-5
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, normally
in the range 2-10FN depending on the application.

Welding guidelines
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C;
no PWHT required.

Rev 18 06/13 118 DS: B-32 (pg 1 of 7)


General Data for all 316L MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316L but this does not affect the OES.

SUPERMET 316L General purpose rutile 316L MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon
level. 'Low hydrogen' manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. 'Supermet
Technology' gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum
cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld
metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-17
BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 LR 32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical 1050°C + WQ


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600 550
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 480 320
Elongation on 4d % 30 42 52
Elongation on 5d % 25 39 49
Reduction of area % -- 60 52
Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-196°C J -- -- 35
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 25 50 60 75 100 130
max A 45 70 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 250 300 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 8.7 10.5 11.4 13.5 17.4 16.8
pieces/carton 1344 846 603 396 249 159

Rev 18 06/13 119 DS: B-32 (pg 2 of 7)


ULTRAMET 316L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 316L
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with high
cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes including
fixed pipework.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 3 2
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd, LRS

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
* DIN & BS EN require Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical 1050°C + WQ


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 580 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 480 305
Elongation on 4d % 30 43 52
Elongation on 5d % 25 41 50
Reduction of area % -- 65 58
Impact energy * + 20°C J -- 70 --
-100°C J -- 40 --
-196°C J -- -- 40
Hardness HV -- 230 185
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 12.9 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 618 393 261 159

ULTRAMET B316L Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L


Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions
it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-15
BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L B 4 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Rev 18 06/13 120 DS: B-32 (pg 3 of 7)


ULTRAMET B316L (continued)
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.6 <0.1 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 470
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 25 33
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy * -50°C J -- 80
-196°C J -- 45
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.5
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 681 396 261 159

ULTRAMET 316LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet
316LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications including
ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 316LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root runs without
the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 L R 11
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 10
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.7 0.1 6
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 485
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 35
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2


min A 50 60 75
max A 70 90 120
Packaging data ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 14.4
pieces/carton 1089 747 459

Rev 18 06/13 121 DS: B-32 (pg 4 of 7)


316S92 and SUPERMIG 316LSi Solid 316L wire
Product description Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications 316S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 316LSi (MIG)
AWS A5.9 ER316L ER316L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L G 19 12 3 L Si W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L SS316L Si
Approvals TÜV, LRS TÜV, LRS

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 10
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
* Supermig 316LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.85%.

All-weld mechanical min typical


properties As welded TIG MIG SAW + SS300
Tensile strength MPa 510 605 570 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 435 450
Elongation on 4d % 30 35 42 41
Elongation on 5d % 30 33 40 37
Impact energy * -130°C J -- > 100 > 70 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30-60 30
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/220 200/220 195/215
* See data sheet B-38 for as-welded cryogenic applications at –196°C.

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2* SS300**
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.

Packaging data TIG MIG SAW


ø mm 316S92 Supermig 316LSi 316S92
0.8 To order 15kg reel --
0.9 -- 15kg reel --
1.0 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.2 2.5kg tube 15kg reel --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

Rev 18 06/13 122 DS: B-32 (pg 5 of 7)


SUPERCORE 316L, 316LP Rutile flux cored wires
Product description Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 316L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for
downhand and HV welding. Supercore 316LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed
pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
The Supercore 316L wire is not suitable for applications requiring PWHT or solution annealing – for these
applications, it is recommended that Supercore 316LP is used.

Specifications & Supercore 316L Supercore 316LP


Approvals AWS A5.22 E316LT0-1/4 E316LT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 12 3 L R C/M 3 T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB0 TS316L-FB1
Approvals (1.2 & 1.6mm) TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.3 12
typ 0.03 1.3 0.5 0.02 0.02 18 12.5 2.7 0.1 6
* 0.9mm diameter Supercore 316L is typically 2.3%Mo and does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 510 580
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 440
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 38
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 70
-110°C J -- 40
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 200/210

Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be
used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
0.9 (Supercore 316L only) 75 – 170A, 20 – 30V 120A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.2 120 – 280A, 21 – 35V 180A, 28V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 20 – 32V 160A, 26V 15 – 20mm
1.6 200 – 350A, 26 – 36V 250A, 30V 15 – 25mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2

Rev 18 06/13 123 DS: B-32 (pg 6 of 7)


SUPEROOT 316L Flux cored TIG wire for root welds without back purge
Product description Flux cored TIG wire Superoot 316L is made with a seamless austenitic stainless steel sheath, which results in
a robust moisture resistant wire and rutile flux system. Superoot 316L is designed specifically for situations
where it is impractical to apply back-purge for the TIG root run, or to gain the economic benefit of eliminating
back-purge. For most applications, the use of a 316L root bead is considered compatible with subsequent
filling with 308L, 347 or 316L as appropriate.
Metal recovery is 90% with respect to the whole wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 R316LT1-5


BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-RI1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 --
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.5
typ 0.01 1.6 0.8 0.005 0.020 19.2 12.5 2.2 0.05
Typically 5FN.

All-weld mechanical As welded typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 605
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450
Elongation on 4d % 38
Note: In practice, mechanical properties of the root bead are assessed with the whole joint and subsequent
filler.

Typical operating TIG


parameters Shielding Argon*
Current DC-
Diameter 2.2mm
Voltage 90A, 12V
* No back-purge is required.
Satisfactory application of Superoot 316L requires the use of a keyhole welding technique. Further details are
available on request.

Packaging data ø mm TIG


2.2 1kg tube
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
30 12 11 15 < 0.5 -- 3.3

Rev 18 06/13 124 DS: B-32 (pg 7 of 7)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-33 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
NON-MAGNETIC 316L Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Unlike conventional 316L weld metal containing


ferrite, which suffers preferential attack in
Nil-ferrite, modified 316L alloy for non-magnetic,
concentrated nitric acid, the nil-ferrite alloy has
cryogenic and nitric acid applications.
excellent resistance and is suitable for deposition
directly onto CMn steel to provide corrosion
Materials to be welded resistant overlays.
For type 316L and similar parent materials where
ferrite-free and non-magnetic weld metal is required; Microstructure
also suitable for 304/304L and 316/316L for
Fully austenitic.
cryogenic service.

May be suitable for welding 200 series stainless Welding guidelines


steels, eg. UNS S20910 (XM-19), Nitronic 50
No preheat required, and maximum interpass
(Armco) and other nitrogen strengthened stainless
temperature 150C.
steels.

Additional information
Applications
ASTM A262 practice C (Huey) corrosion test
The high nickel and nitrogen levels provide a fully
(immersion in boiling, 65%, nitric acid for five 48
austenitic and non-magnetic weld deposit with
hour periods): typical corrosion rates are 0.7–
maximum magnetic permeability of 1.01. A typical
tensile strength above 600MPa is also achieved by 1.2m/48hr (0.13-0.22mm/year). Stamicarbon
means of the controlled level of nitrogen. A high requirement is 3.3m/48hr.
manganese content ensures freedom from micro-
fissuring in the ferrite-free weld metal. Related alloy groups

Applications exploiting non-magnetic properties The 310L and 904L alloys may also be useful for low
include welding of 316L fittings for minesweepers magnetic permeability applications.
and offshore downhole instrumentation collars.
Products available
The fully austenitic microstructure gives excellent
strength and toughness at cryogenic temperatures for Process Product Specification
joining 304L and 316L LPG and LNG storage MMA Ultramet 316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L R
vessels. Useful toughness is also maintained down to Ultramet B316NF BS EN E 1815 3 L B
liquid helium temperatures -269C (4K) for
TIG/MIG ER316MnNF BS EN 20 16 3 Mn L
superconducting applications. Impact testing
procedures at this temperature are complex and FCW Supercore 316NF (BS EN T 18 16 5 N L R)
expensive, with results of questionable validity. To
qualify the toughness of weld metal for service at
4°K, the ASME Code Committee has proposed
>0.53mm (21mils) at –196°C (77°K). This proposal
is based on correlations between fracture toughness
and Charpy data at these temperatures.

Rev 06 03/12 125 DS: B-33 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 10 1.5 5 <0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316NF but this does not affect OES.

ULTRAMET 316NF All-positional rutile MMA electrode


Product description Rutile (low silica) flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high
manganese content ensures freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-16) Nearest classification


BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L R 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.0 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 300 430
Elongation on 4d % -- 38
Elongation on 5d % 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 54
Impact energy - 196°C * J -- 60
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.7mm (28mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0 15.0 16.5
pieces/carton 684 402 267 189

Rev 06 03/12 126 DS: B-33 (pg 2 of 5)


ULTRAMET B316NF Basic all-positional MMA pipe welding electrode
Product description Basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity 304L core wire. Special control of residuals coupled with a high
manganese to ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 (E316LMn-15) Nearest classification


BS EN 1600 E 18 15 3 L B 4 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.5 -- -- -- 16.5 14.0 2.5 -- 0.1
max 0.04 4.0 0.9 0.025 0.030 19.5 17.0 3.5 0.5 0.2
typ < 0.03 3.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 18 16 2.8 < 0.1 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 300 440
Elongation on 4d % -- 38
Elongation on 5d % 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy - 196°C * J -- 50
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) -- 0.6 (24mils)
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 678 393 252

Rev 06 03/12 127 DS: B-33 (pg 3 of 5)


ER316MnNF Non-magnetic solid wire for TIG and MIG
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316LMn


BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 16 3 Mn N L

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6 QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(wire wt %) min -- 6.0 0.30 -- -- 19.0 15.0 2.5 -- 0.12
max 0.025 8.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 21.0 18.0 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.02 7 0.5 0.01 0.02 20 16 3 0.15 0.15
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 732
0.2% Proof stress MPa 527
Elongation on 4d % 39
Elongation on 5d % 34
Reduction of area % 68
Impact energy - 100°C J 140
Impact energy - 196°C * J 95
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm (mils) 1.0 (40)
Hardness cap/mid HV 175/220
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 *
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.0 -- 15kg spool
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)


Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
26 22 15 13 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

Rev 06 03/12 128 DS: B-33 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE 316NF Rutile flux cored wire
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system designed primarily for
downhand welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 (E316LT0-1/4) nearest equivalent


BS EN ISO 17633-A (T 18 16 5 NL R C/M 3) nearest equivalent
Approval TÜV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 2.0 0.2 -- -- 17.0 14.0 2.5 0.08
max 0.04 3.0 1.0 0.025 0.03 19.0 16.0 3.5 0.20
typ 0.03 2.5 0.4 0.01 0.025 18 15 3 0.12
Maximum magnetic permeability 1.01.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 605
0.2% Proof stress MPa 300 410
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 25 34
Impact energy - 196°C * J -- 50
Lateral expansion - 196°C * mm 0.38 (15mils) 0.6
Hardness HV -- 185
* Useful impact properties are maintained down to 4°K (-269C) and exceeds proposed ASME Code
recommendation.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
80%.
The wire is suitable for use on 100%CO2 with some loss of cosmetic appearance and increased spatter.
Current: DC+ve parameters as below (for 100%CO2 increase voltage by ~3V):
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 130A-25V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 12-20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 12.5kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
12 18 2 4 4 <1 6 1.2

Rev 06 03/12 129 DS: B-33 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-34 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
318 STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


Nb stabilised, Mo-bearing stainless steel. No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250C.

Materials to be welded Additional information


wrought cast Supermet 318 is not recommended for cryogenic
ASTM/ASME 316Ti, 316Cb CF10MC applications, nor elevated temperature structural
DIN & BS EN 1.4571/1.4573, 1.4579/1.4581 service.
1.4580/1.4583
BS 320S31/33 318C17 Related alloy groups
UNS S31635, S31640
The 316L consumables can be used for many of the
same base materials and applications (data sheet B-
Applications 32). For cryogenic applications see controlled ferrite
Use to weld titanium or niobium-stabilised grades of 316L consumables (data sheet B-32) and for elevated
molybdenum-bearing austenite stainless steels, or as temperature see 316H (C-13) or 16.8.2 (C-12)
an alternative electrode for unstabilised grades such consumables.
as 316/316L. It is not recommended for structural
service above about 400ºC. Products available
It is also used for depositing corrosion resistance Process Product Specification
overlays and valve seat inlays on medium carbon
MMA Supermet 318 AWS E318-17
alloy steels, and for this reason the electrode is
normally supplied with a typical ferrite content of 3- TIG/MIG/SAW 318S96 AWS ER318
14FN. SAW flux SS300 BS EN SA AF2
Microstructure SSB BS EN SA AF2

Austenite with 3-14FN (3-12% ferrite), typically LA491 BS EN SA FB255


10FN.

Rev 06 03/12 130 DS: B-34 (pg 1 of 3)


SUPERMET 318 Nb stabilised Mo-bearing stainless steel MMA electrode
Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0..025%) typical carbon levels.
Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance, and high weld metal integrity, primarily in the
downhand and H-V welding positions. Smaller sizes up to 3.2mm offer excellent all-positional operability.
Low hydrogen manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E318-17


BS EN 1600 E 19 12 3 Nb R 32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.5 10 x C -- 6
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.50 13
typ 0.025 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 19 11.5 2.7 0.6 0.1 9

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 500
Elongation on 4d % 25 36
Elongation on 5d % 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 55
Impact energy + 20C J -- 65

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 55V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 14.1 13.2 18.0
pieces/carton 564 387 237 165

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
8 7 1 5 0.5 <0.2 16 1

Rev 06 03/12 131 DS: B-34 (pg 2 of 3)


318S96 Solid 318 stainless steel wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER318


BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 Nb
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS318

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 11.0 2.5 10xC -- 3
max 0.07 2.0 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 1.0 0.3 12
typ 0.035 1.8 0.45 0.01 0.02 19.5 11.5 2.5 0.6 0.2 10

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 655
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440
Elongation on 4d % 42
Elongation on 5d % 35
Impact energy + 20°C J 90
Hardness cap/mid HV 200/215

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 ** SS300 ***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also required as a back purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He mixtures with <3%CO2.
*** SSB, LA491 and L2N also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW


1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible):
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 <0.5 3.3

Rev 06 03/12 132 DS: B-34 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-35 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
317L STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


19%Cr-13%Ni-3.5%Mo (317L) austenitic stainless Austenite with 3-10FN (3-9% ferrite), typically 5FN.
steel.
Materials to be welded Welding guidelines
wrought cast No preheat required, and a maximum interpass of
ASTM/UNS 317/S31700 CG8M 150C is desirable. Normally used in the as-welded
317L/S31703 CG3M condition.
DIN/BS EN 1.4438
BS 317S16 317C16 Additional information
317S12 317C12
The 317LM and 1.4539 alloys, with 4-5%Mo, can be
welded with the overmatching 904L consumables
Applications
(data sheet B-40).
Use to weld 317/317L stainless steels in which the
raised Mo level provides improved resistance to
Related alloy groups
pitting in high chloride environments and to some
acids (not nitric acid). These steels are used in 317L falls between the lower alloyed 316L (data
marine, chemical process, papermaking, and food sheet B-32) and the higher alloyed 904L (data sheet
processing applications. B-40) materials.

Also suitable for 316/316L and their stabilised Products available


versions when the benefits of higher molybdenum
weld metal are required to maximise weld area Process Product Specification
pitting resistance. MMA Ultramet 317L AWS E317L-16

Not suitable for structural service above about 400ºC, TIG/MIG ER317L AWS ER317L
or for cryogenic applications. FCW Supercore 317LP AWS E317LT1-1/4

Rev 07 03/12 133 DS: B-35 (pg 1 of 4)


ULTRAMET 317L All-positional MMA electrode for 317L stainless steel
Product description Rutile flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low (<0.025%) typical carbon levels. A controlled
addition of nitrogen, in conjunction with ~3.8%Mo, provides improved pitting corrosion resistance compared
to 316L. Ultramet 317L gives both welder and weld metal all the benefits of advanced rutile electrode design.
These features include optimum versatility for downhand and positional welding, combined with high
cosmetic finish and full volumetric weld metal integrity. The smaller electrode sizes are particularly suited to
vertical and overhead welding applications including fixed pipework. Low hydrogen manufacturing
technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E317L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 13 4 N L R 32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.5 -- 0.08 3
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.50 0.20 10
typ 0.02 1.2 0.6 0.01 0.02 19 13 3.8 0.1 0.12 5

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 470
Elongation on 4d % 30 38
Elongation on 5d % 25 36
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 55
- 50°C J -- 30

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 669 381 225

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo F OES (mg/m3)
8 6 1 6 <0.2 0.6 16 0.8

Rev 07 03/12 134 DS: B-35 (pg 2 of 4)


ER317L Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding 317L stainless steel
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 317L stainless steel.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER 317, ER 317L


BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 13 4 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS317, SS317L

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.5 13.0 3.0 -- 2
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 20.0 15.0 4.0 0.3 10
typ 0.015 1.5 0.4 0.01 0.02 19 14 3.5 0.15 5

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450
Elongation on 4d % 35
Impact energy + 20°C J 75

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 220A, 26V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


28 12 15 12 2 <0.5 3.3

Rev 07 03/12 135 DS: B-35 (pg 3 of 4)


SUPERCORE 317LP All-positional rutile flux cored wire for 317L
Product description Flux cored wire made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 317LP is
designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework but provides excellent operability in the flat and
HV positions as well. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 E317LT1-1/4


BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 13 4 N L P C/M 2)
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS317L-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 12.0 3.0 -- -- 3
max 0.04 2.5 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 14.0 4.0 0.5 0.20 10
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.02 0.02 19 13 3.5 0.1 0.07 6

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 440
Elongation on 4d % 20 27
Elongation on 5d % 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 30
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 55
-50°C J -- 45
Hardness HV -- 220

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg spool.
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1

Rev 07 03/12 136 DS: B-35 (pg 4 of 4)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-37 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CRYOGENIC 308LCF CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


Controlled ferrite 308L austenitic stainless steels for No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
joining 304L base materials used in cryogenic (300°C may be acceptable on thicker section
applications. material); no PWHT required.
Materials to be welded For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
higher end of the allowable ranges.
ASTM BS EN & DIN
Additional information
304L 1.4306
304 1.4301 There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the
304LN 1.4311 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
CF3 1.4308 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
CF8 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless
Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston,
BS UNS 2004.
304S11 S 30403
304S15/16/31 S 30400 Related alloy groups
304S61 S 30453 General purpose 308L stainless steel consumables are
304C12 in data sheet B-30. Stainless steel consumables for
304C15 high temperature applications on 304H can be found
Applications in data sheets C-10 or C-12.

Used to weld 18/8 stainless steels with service Products available


temperatures down to –196°C. The controlled ferrite Process Product Specification
SMAW electrodes and flux cored wires are
MMA Ultramet 308LCF AWS E308L-16
specifically designed for cryogenic service; they are
not batch selected consumables. Ultramet B308LCF AWS E308L-15

Applications include pipework and vessels subject to TIG ER308LCF AWS ER308L
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG. SAW ER308LCF AWS ER308L

Standard 308L consumables for general purpose LA491 BS EN SA FB255


fabrication can be found in data sheet B-30. The FCW Supercore 308LCF AWS E308LT1-1/4J
308L consumables covered here are not suitable for
304/304H in elevated temperature structural
applications, see data sheets C-10 and C-12.
Microstructure
Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
8FN for solid wires).

Rev 07 03/12 137 DS: B-37 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all 308L MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 5 5 0.8 - < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B308LCF but this does not affect the OES.

ULTRAMET 308LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 304L applications


Product description MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 308L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile
downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for
unusual occasions when 304L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of
308H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-16


BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L R 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ <0.025 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.5 10 0.1 <0.1 3

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 445
Elongation on 4d % 35 50
Elongation on 5d % 30 46
Reduction of area % -- 43
Impact energy -100°C J -- 45
-196°C J -- 35
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.50
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.2
pieces/carton 618 396 261 159

Rev 07 03/12 138 DS: B-37 (pg 2 of 5)


ULTRAMET B308LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 304L
Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and high
purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B308LCF is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions it is tolerant to
adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E308L-15
BS EN 1600 E 19 9 L B 4 2
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.50 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.015 18.5 10 0.05 <0.1 3
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 440
Elongation on 4d % 35 44
Elongation on 5d % 30 40
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact energy +20°C J -- 80-120
-196°C J -- 35-50
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.55
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.
Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0
length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
pieces/carton 681 396 261

Rev 07 03/12 139 DS: B-37 (pg 3 of 5)


ER308LCF 308L solid wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Batch selected solid wire for TIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER308L
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 9 L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS308L

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 19.5 9.0 -- -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.7 0.4 0.01 0.015 20 10 0.1 0.15 7
All-weld mechanical min typical
properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Tensile strength MPa 510 605 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 450
Elongation on 4d % 30 35 41
Elongation on 5d % 30 33 37
Impact energy -130°C J -- 110 50
-196°C J -- 80 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER308LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux, for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Typical operating TIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon LA491
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 350A, 30V
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 16 8 < 0.5 < 0.5 3.1

Rev 07 03/12 140 DS: B-37 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE 308LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 304L applications
Product description Supercore 308LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 308LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications AWS A5.22 E308LT1-1/4J
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 19 9 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS308L-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 18.0 9.0 -- -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 21.0 11.0 0.3 0.3 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.6 10.5 0.1 0.1 3
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 540
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 400
Elongation on 4d % 30 50
Elongation on 5d % 30 46
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 74
-130°C J -- 40
-196°C J -- 36
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.70
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.
Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


17 10 1.5 3 5 <1 5 1

Rev 07 03/12 141 DS: B-37 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-38 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CRYOGENIC 316LCF CONSUMABLES Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


Controlled ferrite 316L austenitic stainless steels for Austenite with a controlled level of ferrite, 2-5FN (3-
joining 316L base materials used in cryogenic 8FN for solid wires).
applications.
Welding guidelines
Materials to be welded
No preheat, maximum interpass temperature 250°C
ASTM BS EN & DIN
(300°C may be acceptable on thicker section
material); no PWHT required.
316L 1.4404/1.4401
316 1.4436 For optimum impact properties use heat inputs at the
316LN 1.4406/1.4429 higher end of the allowable ranges.
CF3M 1.4408
CF8M 1.4437 Additional information

BS UNS There is a Technical Profile covering the use of the


316S11/13 S 31603 controlled ferrite consumables for LNG applications.
316S16/31/33 S 31600
316S61 S 31653 G B Holloway et al ‘Stainless steel arc welding
316C12 consumables for cryogenic applications.’ Stainless
316C16/71 Steel World America 2004 Conference, Houston,
2004.
Applications
Related alloy groups
These consumables are used for Mo bearing
austenitic stainless steels with 1.5 – 3% Mo. Type General purpose 316L stainless steel consumables are
316/316L steels are widely used for their good in data sheet B-32. Stainless steel consumables for
resistance to pitting, many acids and general high temperature applications on 316H can be found
corrosion. . The controlled ferrite SMAW electrodes in data sheets C-12 or C-13.
and flux cored wires are specifically designed for
cryogenic service; they are not batch selected Products available
consumables. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet 316LCF AWS E316L-16
Applications include pipework and vessels subject to
cryogenic service (-196°C) eg LNG. Ultramet B316LCF AWS E316L-15
TIG ER316LCF AWS ER316L
Standard 316L consumables for general purpose SAW ER316LCF AWS ER316L
fabrication can be found in data sheet B-32. The
316L consumables covered here are not suitable for LA491 BS EN SA FB255
316/316H in elevated temperature structural FCW Supercore 316LCF AWS E316LT1-1/4J
applications, see data sheets C-12 and C-13.

Rev 07 03/12 142 DS: B-38 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all 316L MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 7 5 1 0.5 < 0.2 16 1
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B316LCF but this does not affect the OES.

ULTRAMET 316LCF Rutile MMA electrode for cryogenic 316L applications


Product description MMA electrode – special rutile flux coated 316L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Versatile
downhand and positional capability, Ultramet 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content
designed for cryogenic service requiring >0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C. Also suitable for
unusual occasions when 316L is specified for service up to 550°C and corrosion conditions preclude the use of
316H.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-16


BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L R 3 2)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo* Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 18 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 520 595
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 440
Elongation on 4d % 30 43
Elongation on 5d % 25 39
Reduction of area % -- 48
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 70
-100°C J -- 50
-196°C J -- 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.40
Hardness HV -- 230
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 13.5 16.5
pieces/carton 618 396 261 165

Rev 07 03/12 143 DS: B-38 (pg 2 of 5)


ULTRAMET B316LCF Basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode for 316L
Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B316L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site conditions
it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E316L-15
BS EN 1600 (Nearest E 19 12 3 L B 4 2)
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ <0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 19 12 2.2 <0.1 3
* Does not conform to DIN & BS EN which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 600
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 470
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 25 33
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy -50°C J -- 80
-196°C J -- 35
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 0.45
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 17.4
pieces/carton 681 396 255

Rev 07 03/12 144 DS: B-38 (pg 3 of 5)


ER316LCF Solid 316L wire for cryogenic applications
Product description Solid wires for TIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER316L
BS EN ISO 14343-A 19 12 3 L W=TIG, S=SAW
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS316L

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 18.0 11.0 2.5 -- 3
max 0.025 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 20.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 8
typ 0.01 1.4 0.5 0.01 0.015 18.5 12.8 2.6 0.15 6
All-weld mechanical min typical
properties As welded TIG SAW + LA491
Tensile strength MPa 510 605 570
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 465 450
Elongation on 4d % 30 50 41
Elongation on 5d % 25 45 37
Impact energy -130°C J -- > 100 > 45
-196°C J -- > 60 30
Lateral expansion * -196°C mm 0.38 1.0 0.5
* ER316LCF SAW wire batch tested, withLA491 flux for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Typical operating TIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon LA491
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 2.4mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 350A, 28V
Packaging data ø mm TIG SAW
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.0 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
30 12 15 11 1.5 < 0.5 3.3

Rev 07 03/12 145 DS: B-38 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE 316LCF Rutile all positional flux cored wire for cryogenic 316L applications
Product description Supercore 316LCF has a controlled composition and ferrite content designed for cryogenic service requiring
>0.38mm lateral expansion at minus 130-196°C.
Supercore 316LCF is designed for all-positional welding including fixed pipework. Metal recovery is about
90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 E316LT1-1/4J


BS EN ISO 17633-A (nearest T 19 12 3 L P C/M 2)
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS316L-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo * Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.2 -- -- 17.0 11.0 2.0 -- 2
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 20.0 13.0 3.0 0.5 5
typ 0.03 1.4 0.6 0.01 0.02 18.0 12.4 2.2 0.1 3
* Does not conform to BS EN ISO 17633-A which requires Mo 2.5 – 3.0%.

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 510 550
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 410
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 38
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 75
-130°C J -- 45
-196°C J -- 34
Lateral expansion * -130°C mm -- 0.70
-196°C mm 0.38 0.55
* Batch tested for Charpy lateral expansion >0.38mm at –196°C.

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
180A, 29V (downhand)
1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 15 – 20mm
150A, 25V (positional)

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg (33 lbs)
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


14 12 2.5 4 4 <1 5 1.2

Rev 07 03/12 146 DS: B-38 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-40 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CONSUMABLES FOR 904L Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type weld metal is recommended, see alloy 625 (data sheet
D-20).
904L is a nominally 20%Cr-25%Ni-5%Mo-2%Cu fully
austenitic alloy with good corrosion resistance. It is the preferred weld metal for some lower alloy
austenitics such as Creusot UHB 34L and UHB 734L
Materials to be welded for wet process phosphoric acid service.
ASTM-ASME DIN BS
Applications include tanks and process vessels, piping
N08904 1.4505 1449: 904S13
systems, agitators and rotors and cast pumps and
1.4506 1504: 364C11 (cast)
valves for use in the fertiliser, phosphoric, sulphuric
1.4536
and acetic acid plants, and in salt and seawater
1.4539
environments. It is also used in some offshore
1.4585
applications, including overlays on mild and low alloy
1.4500 (cast)
steels.
Proprietary alloys Microstructure
Uddelholm 904L In the as-welded condition the weld metal
2RK65 (Sandvik) microstructure is fully austenitic.
Cronifer 1925LC (VDM)
254SLX (Avesta Polarit) Welding guidelines
Uranus B6 & B6M (Creusot Loire) No preheat or PWHT is required, interpass should be
Suitable for copper-free variants of the above alloys and controlled to 150C maximum and heat input should
also to overmatch leaner alloys such as 317L, 317LN, also be controlled particularly with larger diameter
317LM, 317LMN, 1.4439, 1.4440 and S31726. MMA electrodes.

Applications Products available

These consumables give a fully austenitic, low carbon Process Product Specification
weld metal with molybdenum and copper, with good MMA Ultramet 904L E385-16
resistance to corrosion in sulphuric, phosphoric and
Ultramet B904L E385-15
other inorganic and organic acids.
TIG/MIG 20.25.4Cu ER385
They are not normally chosen for resistance to
corrosion in concentrated nitric acid. For service in
severe chloride pitting media, overmatching nickel-base

General Data for all 904L MMA Electrodes


Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
8 8 2 7 1.5 0.5 18 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B904L but this does not affect OES.

Rev 10 03/12 147 DS: B-40 (pg 1 of 3)


ULTRAMET 904L Rutile MMA electrode for welding 904L
Product description MMA electrode (formerly 21.26.5.CuNb.R) with a special rutile flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic
stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon, silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give
resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E385-16


BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL R 52

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 9

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.02 1.2 0.55 0.015 0.02 20.5 25 4.6 1.5 0.02 0.09

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 420
Elongation on 4d % 30 38
Elongation on 5d % 25 35
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy - 196°C J -- 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/200

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 14.1
pieces/carton 525 306 213

ULTRAMET B904L Basic all-positional MMA pipe-welding electrode for alloy 904L
Product description Special basic flux on low carbon, high purity austenitic stainless steel core wire. Careful control of carbon,
silicon, manganese and molybdenum contents to give resistance to microfissuring.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E385-15


BS EN 1600 E 20 25 5 Cu NL B 62

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 9

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb N
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2 -- --
max 0.03 2.5 0.90 0.02 0.030 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0 0.5 0.25
typ 0.025 2 0.4 0.005 0.02 21 25 4.8 1.8 0.05 0.08

Rev 10 03/12 148 DS: B-40 (pg 2 of 3)


ULTRAMET B904L (continued)
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 440
Elongation on 4d % 30 41
Elongation on 5d % 25 38
Reduction of area % -- 60
Impact energy - 196°C J -- 50
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 190/215
Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 350
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 14.1
pieces/carton 471 359 273

20.25.4.Cu Solid TIG and MIG wire matching alloy 904L


Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG.
Specifications AWS A5.9 ER385
BS EN ISO 14343-A 20 25 5 Cu L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS385

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 9


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 19.5 24.0 4.2 1.2
max 0.025 2.5 0.50 0.015 0.020 21.5 26.0 5.2 2.0
typ 0.01 1.7 0.3 0.001 0.015 20 25 4.5 1.5
All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG
properties Tensile strength MPa 650
0.2% Proof stress MPa 490
Elongation on 4d % 35
Elongation on 5d % 32
Impact energy + 20°C J 210
Hardness cap/mid HV 175/195
Typical operating TIG MIG
parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2 **
Current DC- DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 230A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Ar-He-CO2 proprietary mixtures also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 13 16 20 3 2.5 2.5

Rev 10 03/12 149 DS: B-40 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-41 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 20 Website: www.metrode.com

with 4mm diameter electrodes.


Alloy type
20%Cr-34%Ni-3.5%Cu-2.5%Mo (alloy 20) austenitic Repair of alloy 20 castings may present particular
corrosion resistant alloy. problems with HAZ regions being sensitive to
fissuring and weld metal increasing in crack
Materials to be welded sensitivity if silicon pick-up takes place.
Troublesome castings may require buttering at very
ASTM A351, A744 Grade CN-7M low heat input with small diameter electrodes and
BS 1504 Grade 332C11 minimum dilution.
Proprietary Alloy 20, 20Cb, 20Cb-3 (Carpenter)
Paramount P20 (Lake & Elliot)
Langalloy 20V (Meighs) PWHT
Welds are normally left in the as-welded condition
Applications but castings to ASTM specifications may require
solution treatment at 1125C following major repairs.
This electrode is usually made to order. It gives a
fully austenitic, niobium stabilised weld metal with
molybdenum and copper and a high resistance to Related alloy groups
corrosion in sulphuric acid, other mineral acids, The 825 consumables (data sheet B-42) are similar
organic acids and their mixtures. Most parent high alloy corrosion resistant products and can be
material specifications are for castings. offered as a technically compatible alternative in
some applications.
Applications include tanks, process piping, heat
exchangers, agitators and rotors, cast pumps and
valves; for use in the chemical processing, metal Products available
cleaning and pickling industries. Process Product Specification
MMA E320LR-15 AWS E320LR-15
Microstructure TIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully MIG ER320LR AWS ER320LR*
austenitic. *Contact Metrode concerning these products

Welding guidelines
No preheat, interpass to be controlled to 150C
maximum and heat input to be controlled particularly

Rev 04 03/12 150 DS: B-41 (pg 1 of 2)


E320LR-15 MMA electrode for welding alloy 20
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile flux on an over-matching high purity core wire.
The E320LR-15 electrode is manufactured with strict controls on the maximum carbon, silicon, sulphur and
phosphorus (to optimise as-welded corrosion resistance); and also restricted ranges for manganese and
niobium. This low residual (LR) electrode is intended to reduce sensitivity to microfissuring whilst
maintaining excellent corrosion resistance, but interpass temperature and heat input still need to be controlled.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E320LR-15

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 9

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.5 -- -- -- 19.0 32.0 2.0 8xC 3.0
Max 0.03 2.5 0.30 0.015 0.020 21.0 36.0 3.0 0.40 4.0
typ 0.02 2 0.2 0.005 0.01 20 34 2.5 0.3 3.5

All-weld mechanical As welded Min (1) typical


properties MP
Tensile strength 520 535
a
MP
0.2% Proof stress -- 345
a
Elongation on 4d % 30 36
Elongation on 5d % 25 30
Reduction of area % -- 37
Impact energy +20°C J -- 117
-196°C J -- 98
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 156/182
(1) ASTM N08020 parent material requires TS >550MPa, PS >240MPa

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 70 90
max A 80 110 150

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 275 325 325
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 13.5
pieces/carton 714 411 261

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 250°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
5 5 2 6 1 1 20 0.8

Rev 04 03/12 151 DS: B-41 (pg 2 of 2)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-42 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
CONSUMABLES FOR ALLOY 825 Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu alloy of the generic 825 type. In the as-welded condition the weld metal
microstructure is fully austenitic.
Materials to be welded
Welding guidelines
Matching 825 materials:
No preheat required, interpass should be restricted to
ASTM/UNS N08825 150C maximum and the heat input should be
DIN 2.4858 controlled particularly with 4mm and 5mm diameter
BS 1501 & 3072 Grade NA16 electrodes.
Proprietary Incoloy 825 (Special Metals)
Incoloy 825CP, cast (Special Metals)
Additional information
Nicrofer 4221 (Krupp VDM)
Some authorities accept or prefer overmatching type
The E825L-15 MMA electrode is also suitable for the 625 weld metal (data sheet D-20) but 825 is the
28%Cr alloy 28 materials: conventional type for welding alloy 825. Both the
E825L-15 electrode and 82-50 wire are also suitable
ASTM UNS N08028 for welding the leaner alloy 20 type materials. The
DIN 1.4563 MMA electrode E825L-15 (but not the 82-50 wire)
Proprietary Nicrofer 3127LC (Krupp VDM) can also be used for welding the 28%Cr, alloy 28
Sanicro 28 (Sandvik) type, materials.

Also suitable for lower nickel materials of the alloy


20 type. Related alloy groups
The 625 alloy (data sheet D-20) is sometimes used
Applications for welding 825 and alloy 28 materials.

The consumables deposit Cr-Ni-Mo-Cu weld metal


with a high corrosion resistance to organic acids and Products available
hot sulphuric acid. The high nickel content gives Process Product Specification
good resistance to stress corrosion cracking in
MMA E825L-15 DIN EL-NiCr28Mo
chloride and H2S environments.
TIG/MIG 82-50 AWS ERNiFeCr-1
Applications include tanks and process vessels,
pipework systems, heat exchangers, agitators and
rotors, and cast pumps and valves for use in the
chemical processing and increasingly offshore oil
and gas industries. Also suitable for corrosion
resistant overlays and for welding dissimilar
materials.

Rev 04 03/12 152 DS: B-42 (pg 1 of 3)


E825L-15 MMA electrode for austenitic alloy 825
Product description MMA electrode for welding 825, alloy 28 and alloy 20 type materials. Specially balanced basic-fluoride-rutile
flux on high purity 825 core wire. The electrodes are designed for fixed pipework welds including the
demanding ASME 5G/6G positions. Careful control of carbon, manganese, silicon and nitrogen to maximise
corrosion resistance in the as-welded condition and to ensure high resistance to solidification cracking and
microfissuring in multipass welds. The composition is controlled to give a Pitting Resistance Equivalent
(PRE) of about 40, where PRE = %Cr + 3.3%Mo.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 (E383-15) Does not strictly conform; Ni & Cu are higher in E825L-15
compared to the E383-15 classification.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Nb Fe
(weld metal wt %) min -- 1.0 -- -- -- 27.0 35.0 3.2 1.5 -- --
max 0.03 3.0 0.5 0.015 0.030 31.0 40.0 4.5 3.0 1.0 30
typ 0.02 2 0.3 0.01 0.01 28 38 3.5 2 0.3 27

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 240 410
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 39
Reduction of area % -- 43
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 120
Impact energy - 196°C J -- 65
Hardness HV -- 220

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 70 90 120
max A 80 110 150 190

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 275 325 325 325
kg/carton 10.8 13.8 14.1 14.1
pieces/carton 612 387 261 168

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:

Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
4 5 3 7 1 1 20 0.7

Rev 04 03/12 153 DS: B-42 (pg 2 of 3)


82-50 Solid TIG and MIG wire for welding high alloy austenitic 825 material
Product description Solid wire for TIG and MIG welding of 825 and alloy 20 type materials. The 82-50 wire only has a nominal
21%Cr and so is not suitable for alloy 28. Note MIG wire is to order only.

Specifications AWS A5.14 ERNiFeCr-1


BS EN ISO 18274 SNi8065
Also known generically as filler metal 65 (FM65)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 45

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu Al Ti Fe
(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 19.5 38.0 2.5 1.5 -- 0.60 22.0
max 0.05 1.0 0.50 0.015 0.020 23.5 46.0 3.5 3.0 0.20 1.2 bal
typ 0.02 0.5 0.3 0.005 0.015 22 40 3 2 0.1 0.8 30

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG (Ar) TIG (Ar+2%H2)


properties Tensile strength MPa 475 580
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 350
Elongation on 4d % 18 39
Elongation on 5d % 16 35
Reduction of area % 35 35
Hardness cap/mid HV 165/180 190/205

Typical operating TIG MIG


parameters Shielding Argon * Argon
Current DC- DC+ **
Diameter 2.4 1.2mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 220A, 30V
* Also required as a purge for root runs. Ar+1-5%H2 can prove beneficial see mechanical properties.
** Pulsed current may provide better arc transfer characteristics.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG


(to order)
1.2 -- 15kg spool
1.6 2.5kg tube --
2.4 2.5kg tube --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


23 2 19 29 2 3 1.7

Rev 04 03/12 154 DS: B-42 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-45 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
ELECTRODE FOR 310L Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type The low carbon fully austenitic deposit has excellent
cryogenic toughness and it can be used as an
Low carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni (310L) for corrosion
alternative to 308L/316L types for welding
resisting applications.
conventional austenitic materials where superior
impact values are required at temperatures at or
Materials to be welded below -196ºC.
BS EN / DIN
X1CrNi25 21 (1.4335) Microstructure

AFNOR Fully austenitic.


Z1 CN 25 20
Z2 CN 25 20 M (cast) Welding guidelines
Proprietary No preheat is required. Owing to the inherent hot
2RE10 (Sandvik) cracking susceptibility of fully austenitic weld metal
Uranus 65 (Usinor Industeel)) it is desirable to keep interpass temperature below
Cronifer 2521LC (Krupp VDM) 150C and heat input below 1.5kJ/mm..

Applications Related alloy groups


310L consumables are designed for welding special The standard 310 alloy, with 0.1%C (data sheet C-
low-carbon 25%Cr-20%Ni alloys which are used for 30) is related but is used for entirely different high
their excellent resistance to oxidising media, e.g. temperature applications and the two alloys cannot be
nitric acid. Applications range from the chemical interchanged.
process plant used in fertiliser production to the
waste nuclear fuel reprocessing industries. It is not The 316NF consumables (data sheet B-33) and the
intended for welding standard type 310 used for heat Ultramet B310MoLN electrode can be used for
resisting applications (see data sheet C-30). similar corrosion resisting applications.

The electrode can also be used for surfacing steels to Products available
give a deposit with properties similar to the bulk
weld metal, but care should be taken to deposit Process Product Specification
sufficient layers to eliminate any effects of dilution. MMA 25.20.L.R None

Rev 05 03/12 155 DS: B-45 (pg 1 of 2)


25.20.L.R MMA electrode for 310L stainless steel
Product description Special low silica basic rutile flux on low carbon stainless steel core wire. Detrimental residual elements
including silicon are kept to low levels for optimum corrosion performance. Coupled with raised manganese,
these features also ensure excellent resistance to microfissuring hot cracking. Suitable for all-positional
welding up to 3.2mm diameter.
Recovery is about 140% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications There are no national specifications for this electrode.


Approvals: Approved for welding equivalent parent material Uranus 65 by independent tests.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No --, QW442 A-No --

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 4.0 -- -- -- 24.0 19.0 -- -- --
max 0.040 7.0 0.4 0.020 0.025 26.0 22.0 0.2 0.3 0.3
typ 0.03 5 0.3 0.008 0.01 25 21 0.1 <0.1 0.08

All-weld mechanical As welded typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 520
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350
Elongation on 4d % 37
Elongation on 5d % 30
Reduction of area % 55
Impact energy - 196°C J 90
Hardness HV 170

All-weld corrosion The weld metal has been subjected to the Huey test (ASTM A262 practice C: 5 x 48hr periods in boiling 65%
properties nitric acid). The corrosion rates were as follows:

Condition Corrosion rate Selective attack


As-welded 0.40 µm/48hr (= 0.07mm or 3 mils/year) < 0.01mm
PWHT 815C/2hrs 0.73 µm/48hr (= 0.13mm or 5 mils/year) < 0.13mm

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)

ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0


length mm 350 350
kg/carton 13.5 15.0
pieces/carton 318 258

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

Rev 05 03/12 156 DS: B-45 (pg 2 of 2)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-46 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
ELECTRODE FOR 310MoLN Website: www.metrode.com

Applications are mainly for joining matching steels


Alloy type
although it can also be used for surfacing.
25%Cr-22%Ni-2.5%Mo-0.15%N (alloy 310MoLN)
austenitic corrosion resistant alloy. Microstructure
In the as-welded condition the microstructure is fully
Materials to be welded
austenitic. Typical magnetic permeability is <1.01.
AISI 310MoLN
AFNOR Z1 CND 25.22.Az Welding guidelines
DIN / EN 1.4465 (X2CrNiMoN 25-25-2)
No preheat required and interpass should be
1.4466 (X1CrNiMoN 25-22-2)
UNS controlled to 150C maximum. It is also desirable
S31050
Proprietary Uranus 25 22 2 (Usinor Industeel)
for heat input to be limited to a maximum of
1.5kJ/mm, particularly with 4mm diameter
2RE69, 3R60U.G (Sandvik)
electrodes.
Cronifer 25.25.LCN (VDM)
HR3ELM (Sumitomo)
Additional information
Applications The alloy has excellent resistance to the ASTM A262
practice C corrosion test (Huey test). Typically
Ultramet B310MoLN is used primarily for welding
required to meet <0.16g/m2/h (0.18mm/year), and
similar wrought or cast 310MoLN parent alloys. It is
selective attack <0.07mm.
particularly suited to positional welding, including
fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position,
Products available
in material thickness from 3mm up to the heaviest
sections. Process Product Specification
MMA Ultramet B310MoLN BS EN: E 25 22 2 NLB
The 310MoLN alloy has very good resistance to
pitting, intergranular corrosion, chloride bearing
media and nitric acid. The main applications of the
alloy are in the production and processing of urea
and sulphuric acid.

Rev 04 03/12 157 DS: B-46 (pg 1 of 2)


ULTRAMET B310MoLN MMA electrode for welding alloy 310MoLN
Product description MMA electrode with a specially balanced basic carbonate-fluoride flux on high purity stainless steel core wire.
Low silicon and high manganese levels ensure freedom from microfissuring.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications BS EN 1600 E 25 22 2 N L B

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5 (This is nearest because the electrode does not strictly conform to AWS)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo N Cu
(weld metal wt %) min -- 3.0 -- -- -- 24.0 20.0 2.0 0.10 --
Max 0.04 5.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 27.0 23.0 3.0 0.20 0.50
typ 0.03 4 0.4 0.005 0.02 25 22 2.2 0.15 0.05

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 510 640
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 430
Elongation on 4d % -- 37
Elongation on 5d % 25 36
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy -50°C J -- 75
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 185/205

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 340 340
kg/carton 11.4 13.8 14.1
pieces/carton 501 408 270

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 300° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F OES (mg/m3)
9 10 2 7.5 <0.2 18 0.6

Rev 04 03/12 158 DS: B-46 (pg 2 of 2)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-47 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
20.18.6.Cu.R Website: www.metrode.com

Product description A minimum temperature of 1200°C is required to dissolve


these intermetallic phases and some authorities require
MMA electrode with basic-rutile flux system, including
>1230°C. This is followed by water quenching to prevent
alloying, made on high purity stainless steel core wire.
further intermetallic formation on cooling.
Recovery is about 130% with respect to core wire and
65% with respect to the whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
Specifications C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE
min -- 0.2 0.2 -- -- 19.5 17.5 6.0 0.5 0.15 40
There are no national specifications for this electrode. max 0.03 1.0 0.8 0.02 0.03 21.0 20.0 7.0 1.0 0.28 --
Materials to be welded typ 0.02 0.8 0.3 0.01 0.02 20.5 18.5 6.5 0.7 0.2 44
PRE = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
ASTM A351 CK3MCuN (cast).
A182 F44. All-weld mechanical properties
S31254 Solution annealed
min * typical
BS EN 1.4547 1200-1250°C/2h + WQ
Proprietary 254SMO (Outokumpu) Tensile strength MPa 550 716
0.2% Proof stress MPa 260 380
Applications Elongation on 4d % 35 50
Elongation on 5d % -- 47
This electrode deposits weld metal that closely matches Reduction of area % -- 54
the composition of equivalent 6%Mo superaustenitic Impact energy -50°C J -- >120
parent material, usually castings, and is used only when Hardness HV -- 200
post weld solution annealing is applied. * Minimum properties for CK3MCuN castings.
As deposited weld metal of this type has inherent Mo Parameters
segregation and it is essential that welds are fully solution
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
annealed to obtain the excellent pitting resistance this alloy
is capable of. When solution annealing is not possible the
use of over-matching nickel base electrodes (Nimrod ø mm 3.2 4.0
625KS, Nimrod C22KS or Nimrod C59KS) is normal min A 80 130
practice. max A 110 160

The main applications for this electrode are in foundry Packaging data
repair or fabrication of castings for use in process plant ø mm 3.2 4.0
where high resistance to chloride pitting and crevice length mm 350 350
corrosion is required. Applications include: heat
kg/carton 15.0 14.1
exchangers and pipework for seawater contaminated oil
pieces/carton 378 201
and gas plant, equipment for pulp bleaching, gas cleaning
systems (FGD), and components handling acid solutions Storage
with halides.
3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
Microstructure unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
Fully austenitic. electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-
Welding guidelines up and increase the risk of porosity.

Preheat not required. Interpass temperature is restricted to For electrodes that have been exposed:
minimise the possibility of hot cracking in the parent Redry 200–300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
HAZ. In susceptible castings, buttering with 100°C Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
maximum interpass temperature and <1.0kJ/mm heat input Storage of redried electrodes at 50-200°C in holding oven or
50-150°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
may be required prior to filling the joint using more
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
relaxed parameters. opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
Heat treatment Fume data
To eliminate segregation this weld metal must be solution Fume composition, wt % typical:
annealed. High Mo austenitic alloys are prone to
intermetallic phase formation (sigma, chi) at 600-1000°C. Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
This damage could occur in the HAZ and weld metal 8 8 7 2 1.5 1 18 0.7
during welding but will certainly occur as the temperature
rises slowly during PWHT.
Rev 02 03/12 159 DS: B-47 (pg 1 of 1)
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-50 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
309L STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


24%Cr-13%Ni (309L) austenitic stainless for Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
dissimilar joint buffer layers etc. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
mild steels; up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Materials to be welded
Additional information
Mainly used under high dilution conditions,
particularly dissimilar welds between stainless and There is a Technical Profile on sub-arc welding with
CMn steels. 309S92 and also additional information covering the
Supercore flux cored wires.
Applications
Related alloy groups
There are 3 main areas of application:
The 309Mo consumables (B-51), 307 (E-21) and
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn,
29.9 types (E-22) cover similar applications. For
mild steel or low alloy steels and for joining
high temperature applications refer to the controlled
304L/321 clad plate. Subsequent layers are deposited
ferrite 309 types (C-21) and high carbon 309H (C-22)
with an electrode chosen to match the cladding, eg
for matching high carbon cast alloys.
308L, 347.
Products available
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited
in joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to Process Product Specification
mild and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets
MMA Supermet 309L AWS E309L-17
and other attachments. Service temperatures above
400°C are normally avoided. It is also used for Ultramet 309L AWS E309L-16
welding 12%Cr 'utility ferritics' such as Cromweld Ultramet B309L AWS E309L-15
3CR12, to itself and other steels. Ultramet 309LP AWS E309L-16
Similar metal joints: Wrought and cast steels of TIG 309S92 AWS ER309L
23Cr-12Ni type (eg ASTM 309 and CH8, BS 309S24 MIG Supermig 309LSi AWS ER309LSi
and 309C30) can be welded if the service
requirement is corrosion resistance below 400°C. SAW 309S92 AWS ER309L
However, for high temperature structural service, SS300 BS EN SA AF2
weld metal with controlled higher carbon and lower SSB BS EN SA AF2
ferrite should be used (Thermet 309CF – data sheet
LA491 BS EN SAFB255
C-21).
FCW Supercore 309L AWS E309LT0-1/4
Microstructure
Supercore 309LP AWS E309LT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite in the range 8-20FN. The solid
wires tend to have lower ferrite than the MMA and
FCW consumables, the ferrite falling in the range 8-
15FN for the solid wires.

Rev 11 03/12 160 DS: B-50 (pg 1 of 6)


General Data for all 309L MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6
weeks recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60%
RH, > 18°C.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 7 1 0.1 < 0.2 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309L but this does not affect the OES.

SUPERMET 309L General purpose rutile 309L MMA electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile aluminosilicate flux on high purity 304L core wire giving very low typical carbon
level. 'Low hydrogen' manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. 'Supermet
Technology' gives acid rutile operability combined with controlled silicon content for maximum
cracking/corrosion resistance. Designed for ease of use, exceptional weld bead appearance and high weld
metal integrity, primarily in the downhand and HV positions; smaller sizes offer all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
Specifications AWS A5.4 E309L-17
BS EN 1600 E 23 12 LR 32

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.5 0.5 20
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 24 13 0.05 0.1 15
All-weld mechanical As-welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 620
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 500
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 30 36
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 55
Hardness HV -- 220

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.3 18.0
pieces/carton 579 354 258 156

Rev 11 03/12 161 DS: B-50 (pg 2 of 6)


ULTRAMET 309L All-positional rutile MMA electrode for 309L
Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux coated 309L electrode on high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet has all the
benefits of an advanced rutile flux design – this includes optimum versatility for downhand welding with
high cosmetic finish and weld metal integrity; and all-positional welding with the 2.5/3.2mm electrodes
including fixed pipework. The 2.5mm electrodes are also designed for open butt root welding.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309L-16


BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 32
Approvals Germanischer Lloyd

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 595
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 495
Elongation on 4d % 30 41
Elongation on 5d % 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 59
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 45
Hardness HV -- 230

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.6 13.5 13.5 18.0
pieces/carton 687 393 252 165

ULTRAMET B309L Basic coated 309L MMA electrode for pipe-welding


Product description MMA electrode – designed and manufactured to give high moisture resistance using a basic flux system and
high purity 304L core wire. Ultramet B309L is particularly suited to the most demanding vertical and
overhead welding applications including fixed pipework in the ASME 5G/6G position. Under site
conditions it is tolerant to adverse wind and drafts.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309L-15


BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L B 42
BS 2926 23.12.LB
DIN 8556 E 23 12 L B 20+

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 1.2 0.3 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

Rev 11 03/12 162 DS: B-50 (pg 3 of 6)


ULTRAMET B309L (continued) 
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 630
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 490
Elongation on 4d % 30 36
Elongation on 5d % 30 34
Reduction of area % -- 45
Impact energy +20°C J -- 75
-50°C J -- 50

Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 * 5.0 **
length mm 300 350 350/450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.8 14.1/17.4 17.1
pieces/carton 678 402 267/267 159
* 350mm is the standard length for 4.0mm diameter; 450mm is available to order.
** 5.0mm diameter made to order.

ULTRAMET 309LP All-positional pipe welding and root welding electrode


Product description MMA electrode – rutile flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon level. Ultramet
309LP is a fully all-positional electrode capable of the most demanding fixed pipework applications
including ASME 5G/6G. The Ultramet 309LP electrode has also been designed to deposit single-side root
runs without the need for a gas purge. The electrode is also suitable for vertical-down welding on thin sheet
material.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309L-16


BS EN 1600 E 23 12 L R 1 1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 0.5 20
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 0.1 0.1 15

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 560 635
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 525
Elongation on 4d % 30 41
Elongation on 5d % 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 45
Hardness HV -- 230

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2


min A 50 60 75
max A 80 90 120
Packaging data ø mm 2.0 2.5 3.2
length mm 300 300 350
kg/carton 11.7 12.3 12.0
pieces/carton 1090 747 453

Rev 11 03/12 163 DS: B-50 (pg 4 of 6)


309S92, SUPERMIG 309LSi 309L solid wire
Product description Solid wires for TIG, MIG and sub-arc welding.
Specifications 309S92 (TIG & sub-arc) Supermig 309LSi (MIG)
AWS A5.9 ER309L ER309L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 L G 23 12 L Si
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS309L SS309L Si

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8


Composition C Mn Si * S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 23.0 12.0 -- -- 8
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.020 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 20
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 23.5 13 0.1 0.15 12
* Supermig 309LSi: Si range is 0.65 – 1.0%, typically 0.8%.
All-weld mechanical typical
properties As welded TIG MIG
Tensile strength MPa 590 560
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 430
Elongation on 4d % 43 42
Elongation on 5d % 41 39
Reduction of area % 55 56
Impact energy + 20°C J >200 100
- 20°C J -- 80
- 75°C J >150 --
Hardness cap/mid HV 205/225 175/215

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon * Ar+2%O2** SS300***
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Also required as a purge for root runs.
** Also proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with < 3%CO2.
*** SSB and LA491 also suitable.
Packaging data TIG MIG SAW
ø mm 309S92 Supermig 309LSi 309S92
0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
2.0 To order -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 < 0.5 < 0.5 2.5

Rev 11 03/12 164 DS: B-50 (pg 5 of 6)


SUPERCORE 309L, 309LP Rutile flux cored wires
Product description Flux cored wires – the wires are made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system.
Supercore 309L combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for
downhand and HV welding. Supercore 309LP is designed for all-positional welding including fixed
pipework. Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.
Specifications & Supercore 309L Supercore 309LP
Approvals AWS A5.22 E309LT0-1/4 E309LT1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS309L-FB0 TS309L-FB1
Approvals TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd TÜV, Germanischer Lloyd
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- -- 12
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.3 0.3 22
typ 0.03 1.3 0.6 0.02 0.02 24 12.5 0.1 0.1 15
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 520 560
0.2% Proof stress MPa 320 445
Elongation on 4d % 30 40
Elongation on 5d % 25 36
Reduction of area % -- 52
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 65 *
- 20°C J -- 55 *
Hardness HV -- 205
* These values are for Supercore 309LP. Values for Supercore 309L are 45J at +20°C, 40J at -20°C.
Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be
used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


1.2 120 – 280A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm
1.2P 120 – 250A, 22 – 32V 150A, 25V 15 – 20mm
Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 11 2 5 4 <1 6 1.2

Rev 11 03/12 165 DS: B-50 (pg 6 of 6)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-51 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
309Mo STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Welding guidelines


23%Cr-13%Ni-2.5%Mo (309Mo) austenitic stainless Preheat and interpass temperatures depend on base
steel. material hardenability. For guidance, no preheat on
mild steels, up to 250°C on hardenable steels.
Materials to be welded
Mainly used under high dilution conditions, particularly Additional information
dissimilar welds between stainless and CMn steels.
There is a Technical Profile available on sub-arc
There are no comparable base materials.
welding with 309Mo. There is also additional
Applications information available covering the Supercore flux cored
wires.
There are 3 main areas of application:
Related Alloy Groups
Buffer layers and clad steels: Overlays on CMn, mild
steel or low alloy steels and for joining 316L clad plate. The 309L consumables (B-50), 307 consumables (E-21)
Subsequent layers are deposited with an electrode and 29.9 consumables (E-22) cover a similar range of
chosen to match the cladding, eg 316L, 318. Also as a applications.
buffer layer prior to hardsurfacing with chromium
Products Available
carbide types.
Dissimilar joints: Tolerance to dilution is exploited in Process Product Specification
joining stainless types 410, 304L, 321 and 316L to mild MMA Supermet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
and low alloy steels such as stiffeners, brackets and Ultramet B309Mo AWS E309LMo-15
other attachments. Service temperatures above 300°C
are normally avoided. For some of these applications a Vertamet 309Mo AWS E309LMo-17
more economic alternative may be suitable, eg 309L, TIG/MIG/
ER309Mo EN ISO 23 12 2 L
307. SAW
SAW flux SS300 EN ISO SA AF2 64
Hardenable steels: The high level of alloying and
ferrite level tolerates dilution from a wide range of SSB EN ISO SA AF2
alloyed and hardenable steels to give crack-free welds. FCW Supercore 309Mo AWS E309LMoT0-1/4
Microstructure Supercore 309MoP AWS E309LMoT1-1/4
Austenite with ferrite normally in the range 10-30FN.

General Data for all MMA Electrodes


Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, > 18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
9 6 1 7 < 0.5 17 0.7
* F=28% for basic coated Ultramet B309Mo but this does not affect the OES.

Rev 09 09/12 166 DS: B-51 (pg 1 of 5)


SUPERMET 309Mo General purpose rutile 309Mo MMA electrode
Product description Acid rutile electrode made on nearly matching austenitic steel core wire. Moisture resistant coating gives
sound porosity-free deposits.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309LMo-17


EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 32
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 12.5 2.5 0.05 25
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 680
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 510
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 50
Hardness HV -- 220
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 210
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 450 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 17.7 18.0
pieces/carton 609 336 261 162

ULTRAMET B309Mo 309Mo basic coated MMA pipe-welding electrode


Product description Basic coated electrode on high purity 304L core wire manufactured to order. Designed to give moisture
resistance and hence freedom from weld porosity.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309LMo-15


EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L B 42
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 12
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.50 36
typ 0.03 0.8 0.6 0.01 0.02 23.5 13 2.6 0.1 20
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 680
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 510
Elongation on 4d % 30 37
Elongation on 5d % 30 35
Reduction of area % -- 40

Rev 09 09/12 167 DS: B-51 (pg 2 of 5)


ULTRAMET B309Mo (continued)
Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 3.2 4.0
min A 75 100
max A 120 155
Packaging data ø mm 3.2 4.0
length mm 350 350
kg/carton 15.0 14.1 Note: Product available to order only.
pieces/carton 420 273

VERTAMET 309Mo Rutile vertical-down electrode for dissimilar welds


Product description Rutile-aluminosilicate flux on high purity 309L core wire giving very low typical carbon levels. ‘Low
hydrogen’ manufacturing technology ensures high resistance to weld metal porosity. The electrode is
designed for all-positional use where the emphasis is on fast welding speeds achieved by the vertical-down
welding technique (BS EN 287-1 PG position). For fillet and lap joints in thinner sheet material, an added
advantage is reduced distortion resulting from the lower heat input of vertical-down welding. Although
designed primarily for vertical-down it can be successfully used in all other positions.
Recovery is about 110% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E309LMo-17


EN 1600 E 23 12 2 L R 11
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 10
max 0.04 2.5 0.90 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.5 30
typ 0.02 0.8 0.8 0.01 0.02 23 12 2.4 0.1 15
All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 560 580
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 380
Elongation on 4d % 30 42
Elongation on 5d % 30 38
Reduction of area % -- 50
Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 45V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2
min A 60 75
max A 90 120
Typical vertical-up ~65 ~80
Typical vertical-down ~85 ~110
Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2
length mm 300 300
kg/carton 12.9 12.9
pieces/carton 837 450

Rev 09 09/12 168 DS: B-51 (pg 3 of 5)


ER309Mo Solid 309Mo wire for TIG, MIG and SAW
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

Specifications AWS A5.9 (nearest ER309LMo)


EN ISO 14343-A 23 12 2 L
EN ISO 14343-B (nearest SS309LMo)

ASME IX Qualification (QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8. Most relevant F & A No because wire does not conform to AWSA5.9)

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.30 -- -- 21.0 11.0 2.0 -- 5
max 0.03 2.5 0.65 0.02 0.030 25.0 15.5 3.5 0.3 20
typ 0.015 1.7 0.5 0.005 0.015 22 14.5 2.7 0.2 10

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded TIG


properties Tensile strength MPa 610
0.2% Proof stress MPa 440
Elongation on 4d % 35
Elongation on 5d % 31
Reduction of area % 54
Impact energy + 20°C J > 90
Hardness cap/mid HV 205/220

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar+2%O2 * SS300 **
Current DC- DC+ DC+
Diameter 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 260A, 26V 350A, 28V
* Proprietary Ar and Ar-He gas mixtures with <3%CO2 also suitable.
** SSB, L2N and LA491 also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW


1.2 -- 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- --
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
32 12 20 11 1.5 <0.5 2.5

Rev 09 09/12 169 DS: B-51 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE 309Mo, 309MoP Rutile flux cored wires for dissimilar welding
Product description Flux cored wires made using an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore 309Mo
combines easy operability, high deposit quality and exceptional weld bead appearance for downhand and HV
welding. Supercore 309MoP is designed for all-positional welding.
Metal recovery is about 90% with respect to wire.

Specifications Supercore 309Mo Supercore 309MoP


AWS A5.22 E309LMoT0-1/4 E309LMoT1-1/4
EN ISO 17633-A T 23 12 2 L R C/M 3 T 23 12 2 L P C/M 2
EN ISO 17633-B TS309LMo-FB0 TS309LMo-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu FN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 2.0 -- 15
max 0.04 2.0 1.0 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 3.0 0.3 25
typ 0.03 1.3 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 12.8 2.3 0.1 20

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 550 700
0.2% Proof stress MPa 350 550
Elongation on 4d % 25 32
Elongation on 5d % 25 30
Reduction of area % -- 40
Impact energy +20°C J -- 50
Hardness HV -- 245

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should
not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120A-22V to 280A-34V 180A-29V 15-20mm
1.2P 120A-22V to 250A-32V 160A-26V 15-20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
16 11 3 4 6 <1 6 0.8

Rev 09 09/12 170 DS: B-51 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-53 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
ULTRAMET 309Nb Website: www.metrode.com

Product description If PWHT is applied there will be some weld metal


embrittlement, although ductility should remain
MMA electrode with rutile flux system made on high acceptable after normal times and temperature.
purity 304L stainless steel core wire. Deposits a low However fusion boundary embrittlement can be more
carbon 309 type weld metal with a minimum niobium severe and acceptability should be established with
level of 0.7%. representative procedure tests.
Recovery is about 115% with respect to core wire
and 65% with respect to the whole electrode. Composition (weld metal wt %)
C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Cu
Specifications min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 12.0 -- 0.70 --
max 0.04 2.5 0.9 0.025 0.030 25.0 14.0 0.50 1.00 0.50
AWS A5.4 E309Nb-16 (previously E309Cb-16)
typ 0.03 1.5 0.5 0.01 0.02 23 12.5 0.05 0.8 0.1
BS EN 1600 E 23 12 Nb R 32

ASME IX Qualification All-weld mechanical properties


As welded typical
QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8. Tensile strength MPa 660
0.2% Proof stress MPa 470
Materials to be welded Elongation on 4d % 34
Elongation on 5d % 31
There are no comparable parent materials; used for Reduction of area % 52
overlays only.
Parameters
Applications
DC +ve or AC (OCV: 70V min)
Ultramet 309Nb is designed specifically for use
where niobium stabilised weld metal is required in ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
overlays, or inlays, on CMn or low alloy steels. A min A 60 75 100 130
minimum niobium content of 0.7% in undiluted weld max A 90 120 155 210
metal ensures a fully stabilised deposit of
Packaging data
approximately 347 composition is produced in the
first layer on mild and medium carbon steels. ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
length mm 300 350 350 450
It may also be useful for the first run when welding kg/carton 13.8 15.6 15.9 18.0
321 or 347 clad steels, prior to completion with 347 pieces/carton 717 441 288 168
type weld metal. It is not recommended as an
alternative to 309L types for dissimilar welded joints. Storage
Microstructure 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with
unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is satisfactory for
In the as-welded condition the microstructure longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of
consists of austenite with a ferrite content of 8-20FN. electrodes to humid conditions will cause some moisture pick-
up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Welding guidelines Redry 150 – 200°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition.
Preheat is dependent on the base material Maximum 250° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 100-200°C in holding oven or
hardenability, eg none on mild steel, up to 200°C on 50-200°C in heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
hardenable (0.4%C) steels. recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for
opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >18°C.
With a typical dilution of 25-30% on a medium
carbon steel, Ultramet 309Nb could produce a fully Fume data
austenitic weld deposit. It is well known that weld
metals containing niobium are especially sensitive to Fume composition, wt % typical:
hot cracking when little or no ferrite is present. Fe Mn Ni Cr Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
Therefore it is desirable to minimise dilution in the 9 6 1 7 <0.5 <0.2 17 0.7
first layer of overlays by controlling parameters and
bead overlap (aim for 50% overlap).
171
Rev 02 03/12 DS: B-53 (pg 1 of 1)
METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-59 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
LEAN DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


Lean duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling rate conditions.
BS EN & DIN
X2CrNiN23L Welding guidelines
1.4362 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
ASTM/UNS 150°C max, although for many applications this could
S32304, S32101, S32001 be relaxed to 250˚C. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5
Proprietary alloys include: kJ/mm (depending on material thickness) should be
Sandvik SAF 2304 acceptable. Welds are left in the as-welded condition.
Usinor Industeel Uranus 35N
Avesta Polarit LDX 2101 Related alloy groups
AK Steel Nitronic 19D
The 22%Cr duplex consumables (data sheet B-60) are
Applications related and can also be used for welding the lean duplex
stainless steels.
Lean duplex stainless steels (LDSS) provide cost
savings compared to 22%Cr duplex stainless steels There is no matching solid wire available. The ER329N
because of the reductions in Ni and Mo. The LDSS also (AWS ER2209) wire should be used for
provide a strength advantage compared to austenitic MIG/TIG/SAW applications, data sheet B-60.
stainless steels and generally have comparable
corrosion resistance to austenitic stainless steels. Products available

The LDSS are finding more widespread use in today’s Process Product Specification
economic climate, particularly in structural applications. MMA Ultramet 2304 --
Uses include: bridges and structural work generally
FCW Supercore 2304P --
replacing austenitic stainless steels and carbon steels
rather than replacing standard duplex alloys.

Rev 04 03/12 172 DS: B-59 (pg 1 of 3)


ULTRAMET 2304 Rutile electrode for lean duplex
Product description
MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with rutile flux system optimised for all welding
positions except vertical down.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 Proposed E2101-16

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.10 24
max 0.04 1.5 0.9 0.02 0.03 25.5 9.5 0.8 0.5 0.20 31
typ 0.03 0.7 0.7 0.015 0.025 24.5 9.1 0.2 0.3 0.13 27
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 640
Elongation on 4d % 20 31
Reduction of area % -- 42
Impact energy +20°C J -- 55
- 20°C J -- 50
- 50°C J -- 37

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 50 65 100
max A 90 120 160

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 12 13.5 17.4
pieces/carton 229 130 86

Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8

Rev 04 03/12 173 DS: B-59 (pg 2 of 3)


SUPERCORE 2304P Flat and positional FCAW for lean duplex
Product description High performance rutile all positional flux cored wire produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm.
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.04% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications NONE

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.5 8.0 0.1 -- 0.08 24
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.03 25.5 10.0 0.8 0.75 0.20 31
typ 0.03 1.0 0.6 0.01 0.02 24.5 9.2 0.2 0.2 0.14 27
PREN (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 760
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 610
Elongation on 4d % 20 35
Elongation on 5d % 20 32
Reduction of area % -- 50
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 70
- 50°C J -- 55
Hardness HV -- 240

Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be
used but argon should not exceed 85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9

Rev 04 03/12 174 DS: B-59 (pg 3 of 3)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-60 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
22%Cr DUPLEX STAINLESS STEELS Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


22%Cr standard duplex ferritic-austenitic stainless Multipass welds in the as-welded condition contain
steels. about 25–50% ferrite depending on dilution and heat
input/cooling rate conditions.
Materials to be welded
Welding guidelines
ASTM BS EN & DIN
A182 Gr F51 1.4462 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
A890 Gr 4A (cast) X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.5 kJ/mm
BS UNS (depending on material thickness) should be acceptable
318S13 S31803, S32205 but some codes restrict the max to 1.75 or 2.0kJ/mm.
J92205 (cast)
Proprietary alloys include: PWHT
Sandvik SAF2205
Avesta Polarit 2205 Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
Creusot Ind UR 45N almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
Böhler A903 repairs to castings are generally specified in the solution
VDM Cronifer 2205LCN treated condition. Experience has indicated good
S+C Maresist F51 (cast) properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water quench with
Sumitomo SM22Cr or without a cooling step to 1060°C before quenching.
Lean and Mo-free duplex including:
(UNS S32304 / DIN 1.4362 / X2CrNiN23L) Additional information
Sandvik SAF 2304 A Technical Profile covering duplex and superduplex
Creusot Ind UR35N stainless steels is available.
LDX 2101 Avesta Polarit
Related alloy groups
Applications
Lean duplex (data sheet B-59), superduplex (data sheets
Duplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and forgings B-61, B-62 and B-63) and duplex matching
have an approximate 50:50 microstructure of austenite consumables for casting repairs.
with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with general
alloying level, confers: Products available
- high strength compared with standard austenitic
steels, eg type 316L. Process Product Specification
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of MMA Supermet 2205 -
environments.
Ultramet 2205 AWS E2209-16
- high resistance to chloride induced stress corrosion
cracking (CSCC). Supermet 2205AR AWS E2209-17
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride 2205XKS AWS E2209-15
environments, eg seawater.
TIG/SAW ER329N AWS ER2209
These alloys are finding widening application in the MIG ER329N AWS ER2209
offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical process MCW Supercore M2205 AWS EC2209
industries, eg pipework systems, flowlines, risers,
manifolds etc. SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF2 DC
FCW Supercore 2205 AWS E2209T0-1/4
Supercore 2205P AWS E2209T1-1/4

Rev 14 03/12 175 DS: B-60 (pg 1 of 9)


General Data for all 22%Cr Duplex MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 380° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.
Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:
Fe Mn Cr Ni Mo Cu F* OES (mg/m3)
7 6 6 1 0.2 <0.2 16 0.8
* F = 28% for basic coated 2205XKS but this does not affect OES.

SUPERMET 2205 Overalloyed rutile electrode for 22%Cr duplex

Product description MMA electrode with enhanced Cr, Mo and N levels, giving higher weld pitting resistance than the nearest
AWS specification A5.4 E2209-16. See Ultramet 2205 for rutile type conforming to AWS.
Supermet 2205 is made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give
minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics.
Supermet 2205 is designed for welding wrought, forged or cast "standard" duplex stainless steels for service
in the as-welded condition. Good properties are also obtained when solution treated, as frequently required
for casting repairs. The electrode has a rutile flux system and is used primarily for downhand and H-V
welding applications. Smaller sizes offer excellent all-positional operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications NONE Nearest is AWS A5.4 E2209-16.

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.14 36
max 0.03 2.0 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 0.5 0.25 43
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 25 9.5 3.4 0.1 0.17 38
PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

All-weld mechanical Pipe butt 1120°C/


properties As welded min typical weld 3h + WQ
Tensile strength MPa 690 850 867 800
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 650 752 480
Elongation on 4d % 20 30 25 32
Reduction of area % -- 40 35 --
Impact energy +20°C J -- 60-73 -- --
- 20°C J -- 45-55 45-50 --
- 30°C J -- 40-52 42-46 > 90
- 40°C J -- 35-47 38-43 > 70
- 50°C J -- 30-40 35-40 > 35

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV 55V min)

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 50 65 100 130
max A 90 120 160 190

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 450
kg/carton 12.0 13.2 13.8 18.6
pieces/carton 630 354 255 165

Rev 14 03/12 176 DS: B-60 (pg 2 of 9)


ULTRAMET 2205 Rutile all-positional electrode for 22%Cr duplex
Product description MMA electrode made on duplex stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give minimum
carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux system
optimised for all welding positions except vertical down and provides excellent operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E2209-16


BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 0.3 -- -- 22.0 8.5 2.8 -- 0.14 34
max 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.02 1 0.7 0.01 0.02 23.2 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 850
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 675
Elongation on 4d % 20 27
Elongation on 5d % 20 25
Reduction of area % -- 40
Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 305 (< 28)
Impact energy + 20°C J (mm) -- > 54 (> 0.8)
- 20°C J (mm) -- 43-48 (> 0.5)
- 50°C J (mm) -- 32-41 (>0.38)

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 60 75 100 130
max A 90 120 155 190

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 654 372 243 174

Rev 14 03/12 177 DS: B-60 (pg 3 of 9)


SUPERMET 2205AR Rutile downhand electrode for 22%Cr duplex

Product description MMA electrode made on high quality stainless steel core wire with a rutile flux system designed to give
minimum carbon content coupled with optimum operating characteristics. The electrode has a rutile flux
system optimised for operability.
Recovery is about 120% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E2209-17


BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L R 3 3

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.5 -- 0.14 35
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.025 0.030 23.5 10.5 3.5 0.5 0.2 38
typ 0.03 0.8 0.7 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 690 830
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 680
Elongation on 4d % 20 28
Elongation on 5d % 20 26
Hardness HV10 (HRC) -- < 310 (< 28)
Impact energy + 20°C J -- 45
- 20°C J -- 40
- 50°C J -- 35

Operating parameters DC +ve or AC (OCV: 50V min).

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


min A 60 75 100
max A 90 120 155

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0


length mm 300 350 450
kg/carton 11.4 13.5 18.0
pieces/carton 630 363 249

Rev 14 03/12 178 DS: B-60 (pg 4 of 9)


2205XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for 22%Cr duplex

Product description MMA electrode made on duplex stainless core wire with a special basic flux to give optimum all-positional
operability. Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.
The electrode has a basic flux system and is recommended where the highest sub-zero toughness is required,
and for the most demanding positional welding applications such as fixed pipework in the ASME 6G position.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E2209-15


BS EN 1600 E 22 9 3 N L B 4 2

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PREN
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 22.0 8.5 3.0 -- 0.15 35
max 0.04 2.0 0.90 0.02 0.03 23.5 10.0 3.5 0.75 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1 0.6 0.01 0.02 23 9 3.2 0.1 0.17 36

All-weld mechanical 1120 – 1135°C


properties As welded min typical +WQ
Tensile strength MPa 690 750-870 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 630-700 480
Elongation on 4d % 20 28 41
Elongation on 5d % 20 26 37
Reduction of area % -- 45 64
Impact energy + 20°C J -- > 85 --
- 50°C J 47 > 60 > 75
- 75°C J -- > 30 --
Hardness HV -- 260-290 240

Operating parameters DC +ve only.

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 190

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 13.5 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 720 402 273 171

Rev 14 03/12 179 DS: B-60 (pg 5 of 9)


ER329N Solid welding wire for 22%Cr duplex

Product description Solid duplex stainless wire for welding 2205 type duplex stainless steels.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER2209


BS EN ISO 14343-A 22 9 3 N L
BS EN ISO 14343-B SS2209

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(wire wt %) min -- 1.0 0.25 -- -- 22.5 8.0 3.0 -- 0.14
max 0.03 2.0 0.65 0.020 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.3 0.20
typ 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.2 3.2 0.1 0.17*
Duplex weld metal microstructure with austenite + 30-50% ferrite.
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N is > 35.
* ER329N MIG spooled wire is selected for suitability for both MIG and auto-TIG, with typically 0.15%N to
control porosity.

All-weld mechanical typical


properties Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW + SSB
Tensile strength MPa 690 790 800-835 790
0.2% Proof stress MPa 450 620 560-620 630
Elongation on 4d % 20 36 28-35 30
Elongation on 5d % 20 33 30 27
Hardness HV -- 270 (< 310) 270 (< 310) 275 (< 320)
HRC -- 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28) 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J -- 180 (> 140) > 70 75 (>55)
- 50°C J -- 180 (> 120) > 60 55 (>35)
- 75°C J -- 125 (>70) -- --

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar / He / CO2 SSB flux *
Current DC - pulsed DC +
Diameter 1.6 / 2.4mm 1.2mm 2.4mm
Parameters 100A, 12V 180A, 28V 350A, 30V
* LA491 flux also suitable.

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW


0.8 -- 15kg spool --
1.0 -- 15kg spool --
1.2 2.5kg tube 15kg spool --
1.6 2.5kg tube 15kg spool 25kg coil
2.0 2.5kg tube -- to order
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)

Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)


28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5

Rev 14 03/12 180 DS: B-60 (pg 6 of 9)


SUPERCORE M2205 Metal cored wire for MIG welding
Product description The wire is made with an austenite stainless steel sheath and high purity metal powders. Metal recovery is
about 96% with respect to the wire
Specifications AWS A5.22 EC2209
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L M M12 3
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0
ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8
Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 7.5 2.5 -- 0.08 34
max 0.03 2.0 0.90 0.025 0.030 23.5 9.5 3.5 0.5 0.20 38
typ 0.02 1.4 0.8 0.010 0.018 22.5 8.5 3.0 0.15 0.15 35

* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N


All-weld mechanical As welded min typical
properties Ar-38%He-2%CO2
Tensile strength MPa 690 820
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 680
Elongation on 4d % 20 30
Elongation on 5d % 20 27
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 50
Impact energy - 50°C mm -- 38
Hardness HV -- 280
Operating Parameters Shielding gas: Stainshield heavy, Ar-38%-He-2%CO2 shielding gas at 15-20l/min.
Current: DC+ve
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 180A-27V to 250A-32V 200A-29V 10-20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 20 8 1.5 < 0.5 2.5

Rev 14 03/12 181 DS: B-60 (pg 7 of 9)


SUPERCORE 2205, 2205P Flat and positional FCAW for 22%Cr duplex
Product description High performance rutile flux cored wires produced in the most versatile size of 1.2mm. Supercore 2205 is
suited to welding in the flat and horizontal-vertical positions (material > 6mm). Supercore 2205P is
optimised for positional welding, both vertical up and for fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 5G or 6G
welding positions (pipe typically > 150mm diameter, > 15mm wall).
Made with an austenitic stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Weld metal carbon content is typically
<0.03% when using either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas.
Metal recovery about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications Supercore 2205 Supercore 2205P


AWS A5.22 E2209T0-1/4 E2209T1-1/4
BS EN ISO 17633-A T 22 9 3 N L R C/M 3 T 22 9 3 N L P C/M 2
BS EN ISO 17633-B TS2209-FB0 TS2209-FB1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N PRE*
(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 21.5 8.5 2.8 -- 0.08 34
max 0.04 2.0 1.00 0.02 0.030 24.0 10.0 4.0 0.3 0.20 38
typ 0.03 1.2 0.7 <0.01 0.02 23 9.2 3.1 0.1 0.12 35
* PRE (pitting resistance equivalent) = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N

All-weld mechanical As welded min Supercore 2205P Supercore 2205


typical typical
properties Tensile strength MPa 690 800 800
0.2% Proof stress MPa 480 630 610
Elongation on 4d % 20 32 30
Elongation on 5d % 20 29 26
Reduction of area % -- 45 36
Impact energy - 20°C J -- 65 50
- 50°C J -- 55 40
- 75°C J -- 30 -
Hardness HV -- 270 270

Operating parameters Shielding gas: Either 80%Ar-20%CO2 or 100% CO2 shielding gas at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be
used but argon should not exceed 85%. Gas mixtures without oxygen additions can be helpful for optimum
weld metal toughness.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2. Welding with 100%CO2 requires approx 3V higher:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


1.2 150A-25V to 280A-34V 200A-30V 15-20mm
1.6 200A-28V to 330A-34V 230A-30V 15-25mm
1.2 P 120A-22V to 250A-34V 150A-25V 15-20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)

Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)


10 12 2 4 5.5 <0.5 9 0.9

Rev 14 03/12 182 DS: B-60 (pg 8 of 9)


SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux

Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

Specifications DIN 32522 BFB6 63353 DC8M


BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu N
(typical) ER329N wire 0.015 1.6 0.5 0.001 0.015 23 8.5 3.2 0.1 0.17
deposit 0.02 1.3 0.5 -- -- 22.5 8.5 3.1 0.1 0.15

All-weld mechanical As welded


properties with Tensile strength MPa 790
ER329N wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 630
Elongation on 4d % 30
Hardness HV 275 (< 320)
HRC 23 (< 28)
Impact energy - 30°C J 75 (>55)
- 50°C J 55 (>35)

Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:


ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should
be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.

Rev 14 03/12 183 DS: B-60 (pg 9 of 9)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-61 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - ZERON® 100 Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steels Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of
matching the proprietary Zeron® 100 alloy. a duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
Materials to be welded input/cooling conditions.
Matching
Welding guidelines
wrought: cast:
UNS S32760 UNS J93380, DIN 1.4508 Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
DIN 1.4501 ASTM A890 6A, 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
ASTM A182 F55 ACI CD3MWCuN (depending on material thickness) should be
acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or
Other superduplex, including 1.75kJ/mm.
wrought:
UNS S32750, 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta), UR47N (CLI) PWHT
UNS S32550, S32520, UR52N+ (CLI), Ferralium
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
SD40 (Meighs)
almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
UNS S39274, DP3W (Sumitomo), UNS S32950,
repairs to castings are generally specified in the
7-Mo Plus (Carpenter)
cast: solution treated condition. Experience has indicated
UNS J93404, DIN 1.4469 good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water
ASTM A890 5A, ACI CE3MN quench.

Applications Additional information

Zeron® 100 has an exceptional combination of Further information on the welding of Zeron® 100 is
strength and resistance to corrosion and erosion in a available in the Metrode Technical Profile on duplex
wide range of aggressive media. The presence of and superduplex.
Cu+W provides superior resistance to sulphuric and
hydrochloric acids when compared to similar alloys Related alloy groups
without these additions. Offshore applications 2507 superduplex (data sheet B-62) and matching
exploit the high resistance to pitting and stress- consumables for casting repair (solution annealed)
corrosion cracking in seawater. It is also highly applications.
resistant to caustic alkalis and phosphoric acid.
Service temperature range is usually limited to –50°C Products available
to 280°C, the upper limit owing to thermal instability
("450°C" and sigma embrittlement). Process Product Specification
®
It is widely used in oil and gas production and MMA Zeron 100XKS BS EN E25 9 4 NLB
®
process pipework, risers, manifolds, pressure TIG/MIG/SAW Zeron 100X BS EN 25 9 4 NL
vessels, valves, pumps, desalination plant, systems SAW flux SSB BS EN SA AF 2
for flue-gas desulphurisation (FGD) and also in the LA491 BS EN SA FB 2
mining, chemical and pharmaceutical industries. FCW Supercore Z100XP AWS E2594T1-4
Zeron® 100 wires are also used for joining
supermartensitic stainless steels.

Rev 10 03/12 184 DS: B-61 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all Zeron® 100 MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn Ni Cr Cu Mo V F OES (mg/m3)
7 6 1 7 0.5 0.2 <0.1 28 0.7

ZERON® 100XKS Basic pipe-welding electrode for superduplex


Product description Basic coated all-positional MMA electrode for welding Zeron® 100 and other superduplex alloys for service in
the as-welded condition. This electrode is overmatching with respect to nickel content to achieve correct
austenite-ferrite microstructural phase balance. It is designed for the most demanding vertical and overhead
welding positions such as fixed pipework qualified in the ASME 6G position.
Fully alloyed matching Zeron® 100 core wire including W and Cu. Moisture resistant flux technology.
Recovery is about 105% with respect to core wire, 65% with respect to whole electrode.

Specifications AWS A5.4 E2595-15


BS EN 1600 E 25 9 4 N L B 4 2
Weir Materials MDS 12809/08
Approvals ABS, DNV

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 5, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW


(weld metal wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.025 0.9 0.5 0.005 0.02 25 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.23 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 760 800-950
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 650-750
Elongation on 4d % 15 30
Elongation on 5d % 20 22-27
Reduction of area % -- 40-45
Impact energy - 20°C J -- > 55
- 50°C J -- > 40
Hardness HV -- 270-320

Operating parameters DC +ve

ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


min A 50 70 100 130
max A 75 95 155 210

Packaging data ø mm 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0


length mm 300 350 350 350
kg/carton 12.0 12.0 13.5 13.5
pieces/carton 696 360 270 172

Rev 10 03/12 185 DS: B-61 (pg 2 of 5)


ZERON® 100X Solid welding wire for superduplex
Product description Solid wire for TIG, MIG and SAW.

For applications where Zeron® 100X wire is to be used for welding supermartensitic stainless steels it is
possible for wire to be supplied with a total hydrogen content of 3ppm maximum.

Specifications AWS A5.9 ER2594


BS EN ISO 14343-A 25 9 4 N L (prefix W=TIG, G=MIG, S=SAW)
Weir Materials MDS 12809/07
Approvals ABS, DNV (TIG and SAW in conjunction with SSB flux)

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo W Cu N PREN PREW


(wire wt %) min -- -- -- -- -- 24.0 9.0 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.03 1.0 1.0 0.01 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.6 0.7 0.23 41 42

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min TIG MIG SAW TIG +160°C
properties Tensile strength MPa 760 870 860 885 769
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 695 645 700 523
Elongation on 4d % 15 36 25 26 39
Elongation on 5d % 20 32 23 24 34
Reduction of area % -- 68 28 48 72
Impact energy -50°C J -- 130 60 40 --
-75°C J -- >100 -- -- --
Hardness cap/mid HV -- 290 290 290 --

Typical operating TIG MIG SAW


parameters Shielding Argon Ar/He/CO2 SSB flux
Current DC- pulsed DC+
Diameter 1.6/2.4mm 1.2mm 1.6mm
Voltage 100A, 12V 180A, 28V 350A, 30V

Packaging data ø mm TIG MIG SAW


0.8 -- To order --
1.0 -- To order --
1.2 -- To order --
1.6 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
2.0 2.5kg tube -- --
2.4 2.5kg tube -- 25kg coil
3.2 2.5kg tube -- --

Fume data MIG fume composition (wt %) (TIG and SAW fume negligible)
Fe Mn Cr3 Ni Mo Cu OES (mg/m3)
28 10 22 8 2 1.3 2.3

Rev 10 03/12 186 DS: B-61 (pg 3 of 5)


SSB FLUX Sub-arc flux
Product description Agglomerated basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 SA AF2 DC

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.023 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW


properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Elongation on 4d % -- 25
Elongation on 5d % 20 24
Reduction of area % -- >40
Impact energy - 50°C J -- 40
Hardness HV -- 290

Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

Packaging data Metrode SSB Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions for
opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it should
be redried in the range 250-400°C/1-3h.

LA491 FLUX Sub-arc flux


Product description Agglomerated fluoride-basic non-alloying flux for submerged arc welding.

Specifications BS EN ISO 14174 SA FB 255 AC

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No -, QW442 A-No -

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N
(typical) Zeron® 100X wire 0.015 0.7 0.4 0.002 0.02 25 9.3 3.7 0.7 0.7 0.23
Deposit 0.02 0.6 0.4 0.002 0.02 24.5 9.3 3.6 0.7 0.7 0.21

All-weld mechanical Typical values as welded min SAW


properties with Tensile strength MPa 750 890
®
Zeron 100X wire 0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 700
Elongation on 4d % -- 25
Elongation on 5d % 20 24
Reduction of area % -- >40
Impact energy - 50°C J -- 40
Hardness HV -- 290

Operating parameters Current: DC +ve ranges as below:

ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout


1.6 200-350A, 27-31V 300A, 28V 20-25mm
2.4 250-450A, 28-32V 350A, 29V 20-25mm

Packaging data Metrode LA491 Flux is supplied in sealed moisture resistant 20kg metal drums. Preferred storage conditions
for opened drums: < 60%RH, > 18°C. If the flux has become damp or has been stored for a long period, it
should be redried in the range 300-350°C/1-3h.

Rev 10 03/12 187 DS: B-61 (pg 4 of 5)


SUPERCORE Z100XP Rutile flux cored wire for superduplex stainless steel
Product description Flux cored wire made with an alloyed stainless steel sheath and rutile flux system. Supercore Z100XP
combines easy operability, high deposit quality for both positional pipework and downhand welding. Metal
recovery is about 90% with respect to the wire.

Specifications AWS A5.22 E2594T1-4


BS EN ISO 17633-B TS 2594-F M21 1

ASME IX Qualification QW432 F-No 6, QW442 A-No 8

Composition C Mn Si S P Cr Ni Mo Cu W N PREN PREW


(weld metal wt %) min -- 0.5 -- -- -- 24.0 8.5 3.5 0.5 0.5 0.2 40 40
max 0.04 1.5 1.0 0.02 0.03 26.0 10.0 4.0 1.0 1.0 0.3 -- --
typ 0.03 1.0 0.5 0.005 0.02 24.5 9.1 3.7 0.6 0.6 0.22 41 42
Pitting resistance equivalent PREN = Cr + 3.3Mo + 16N
Pitting resistance equivalent PREW = Cr + 3.3Mo + 1.65W + 16N

All-weld mechanical As welded min typical


properties Tensile strength MPa 760 880
0.2% Proof stress MPa 550 690
Elongation on 4d % 15 27
Elongation on 5d % 18 25
Reduction of area % -- 33
Impact energy -20°C J -- 40
-50°C J -- 32
Hardness HV -- 280
HRC -- 26

Operating parameters Shielding gas: 80%Ar-20%CO2 at 20-25l/min. Proprietary gases may be used but argon should not exceed
85%.
Current: DC+ve ranges as below for Ar-20%CO2:
ø mm amp-volt range typical stickout
1.2 120 – 250A, 22 – 34V 180A, 29V 15 – 20mm

Packaging data Spools vacuum-sealed in barrier foil with cardboard carton: 15kg
The as-packed shelf life is virtually indefinite.
Resistance to moisture absorption is high, but to maintain the high integrity of the wire surface and prevent
any possibility of porosity, it is advised that part-used spools are returned to polythene wrappers.
Where possible, preferred storage conditions are 60% RH max, 18°C min.
Fume data Fume composition (wt %)
Fe Mn Ni Cr3 Cr6 Cu F OES (mg/m3)
14 10 1.5 5 5 <1 5 1.0

Rev 10 03/12 188 DS: B-61 (pg 5 of 5)


METRODE PRODUCTS LTD
Data Sheet B-62 HANWORTH LANE, CHERTSEY
SURREY, KT16 9LL, UK
Tel: +44(0)1932 566721
Fax: +44(0)1932 565168
Email: info@metrode.com
25%Cr SUPERDUPLEX - 2507 Website: www.metrode.com

Alloy type Microstructure


25%Cr superduplex ferritic-austenitic stainless steel. Multipass welds in the as-welded condition consist of
a duplex austenite-ferrite microstructure with an
Materials to be welded approximate 30-60% ferrite level, depending on heat
25%Cr superduplex:
input/cooling conditions.
UNS S32750, S32760 *
ASTM A182 F53, F55 Welding guidelines
BS EN 10088-2 X2CrNiMoN25-7-4 (1.4410) Preheat not generally required. Interpass temperature
SAF 2507 (Sandvik/Avesta) 150°C max. Heat input in the range 1.0–2.0 kJ/mm
Uranus 47N (CLI) (depending on material thickness) should be
Castings: acceptable but most codes restrict the max to 1.5 or
UNS J93404 1.75kJ/mm.
ASTM A890 Gr5A, 6A *
ACI CE3MN PWHT
Although welds in wrought duplex stainless steels are
* Zeron® 100 (see DS: B-61) almost always left in the as-welded condition, major
repairs to castings are generally specified in the
Applications solution treated condition. Experience has indicated
Superduplex stainless steel pipe, plate, fittings and good properties following 1120°C/3-6h + water
forgings have an approximate 50:50 microstructure quench.
of austenite with a ferrite matrix. This, coupled with
general alloying level confers: Additional information
Further information on the welding of 2507
- high strength compared with standard austenitic superduplex is available in the Metrode Technical
steels eg. type 316L. Profile on duplex and superduplex.
- good general corrosion resistance in a range of
environments. Related alloy groups
- high resistance to chloride induced stress
corrosion cracking (CSCC). Zeron® 100 superduplex (data sheet B-61) and
- high resistance to pitting attack in chloride matching consumables for casting repair (solution
environments eg. seawater. annealed) applications.

These alloys are finding widening application in the Products available


offshore oil/gas, chemical and petrochemical Process Product Specification
process industries, eg. pipework systems, flowlines,
risers, manifolds etc. MMA 2507XKS BS EN 25 9 4 N L B
Ultramet 2507 BS EN 25 9 4 N L R
TIG 2507 AWS ER2594
FCW Supercore 2507 AWS E2594T0-4
Supercore 2507P AWS E2594T1-4

Rev 08 03/12 189 DS: B-62 (pg 1 of 5)


General Data for all 2507 MMA Electrodes
Storage 3 hermetically sealed ring-pull metal tins per carton, with unlimited shelf life. Direct use from tin is
satisfactory for longer than a working shift of 8h. Excessive exposure of electrodes to humid conditions will
cause some moisture pick-up and increase the risk of porosity.
For electrodes that have been exposed:
Redry 200 – 300°C/1-2h to restore to as-packed condition. Maximum 400° C, 3 cycles, 10h total.
Storage of redried electrodes at 50 – 200°C in holding oven or heated quiver: no limit, but maximum 6 weeks
recommended. Recommended ambient storage conditions for opened tins (using plastic lid): < 60% RH, >
18°C.

Fume data Fume composition, wt % typical:


Fe Mn